| 1 | /* ELF executable support for BFD. |
| 2 | Copyright 1991, 1992, 1993, 1994, 1995 Free Software Foundation, Inc. |
| 3 | |
| 4 | Written by Fred Fish @ Cygnus Support, from information published |
| 5 | in "UNIX System V Release 4, Programmers Guide: ANSI C and |
| 6 | Programming Support Tools". Sufficient support for gdb. |
| 7 | |
| 8 | Rewritten by Mark Eichin @ Cygnus Support, from information |
| 9 | published in "System V Application Binary Interface", chapters 4 |
| 10 | and 5, as well as the various "Processor Supplement" documents |
| 11 | derived from it. Added support for assembler and other object file |
| 12 | utilities. Further work done by Ken Raeburn (Cygnus Support), Michael |
| 13 | Meissner (Open Software Foundation), and Peter Hoogenboom (University |
| 14 | of Utah) to finish and extend this. |
| 15 | |
| 16 | This file is part of BFD, the Binary File Descriptor library. |
| 17 | |
| 18 | This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify |
| 19 | it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by |
| 20 | the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or |
| 21 | (at your option) any later version. |
| 22 | |
| 23 | This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, |
| 24 | but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of |
| 25 | MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the |
| 26 | GNU General Public License for more details. |
| 27 | |
| 28 | You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License |
| 29 | along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software |
| 30 | Foundation, Inc., 675 Mass Ave, Cambridge, MA 02139, USA. */ |
| 31 | |
| 32 | /* Problems and other issues to resolve. |
| 33 | |
| 34 | (1) BFD expects there to be some fixed number of "sections" in |
| 35 | the object file. I.E. there is a "section_count" variable in the |
| 36 | bfd structure which contains the number of sections. However, ELF |
| 37 | supports multiple "views" of a file. In particular, with current |
| 38 | implementations, executable files typically have two tables, a |
| 39 | program header table and a section header table, both of which |
| 40 | partition the executable. |
| 41 | |
| 42 | In ELF-speak, the "linking view" of the file uses the section header |
| 43 | table to access "sections" within the file, and the "execution view" |
| 44 | uses the program header table to access "segments" within the file. |
| 45 | "Segments" typically may contain all the data from one or more |
| 46 | "sections". |
| 47 | |
| 48 | Note that the section header table is optional in ELF executables, |
| 49 | but it is this information that is most useful to gdb. If the |
| 50 | section header table is missing, then gdb should probably try |
| 51 | to make do with the program header table. (FIXME) |
| 52 | |
| 53 | (2) The code in this file is compiled twice, once in 32-bit mode and |
| 54 | once in 64-bit mode. More of it should be made size-independent |
| 55 | and moved into elf.c. |
| 56 | |
| 57 | (3) ELF section symbols are handled rather sloppily now. This should |
| 58 | be cleaned up, and ELF section symbols reconciled with BFD section |
| 59 | symbols. |
| 60 | |
| 61 | (4) We need a published spec for 64-bit ELF. We've got some stuff here |
| 62 | that we're using for SPARC V9 64-bit chips, but don't assume that |
| 63 | it's cast in stone. |
| 64 | */ |
| 65 | |
| 66 | #include <string.h> /* For strrchr and friends */ |
| 67 | #include "bfd.h" |
| 68 | #include "sysdep.h" |
| 69 | #include "bfdlink.h" |
| 70 | #include "libbfd.h" |
| 71 | #include "libelf.h" |
| 72 | |
| 73 | /* Renaming structures, typedefs, macros and functions to be size-specific. */ |
| 74 | #define Elf_External_Ehdr NAME(Elf,External_Ehdr) |
| 75 | #define Elf_External_Sym NAME(Elf,External_Sym) |
| 76 | #define Elf_External_Shdr NAME(Elf,External_Shdr) |
| 77 | #define Elf_External_Phdr NAME(Elf,External_Phdr) |
| 78 | #define Elf_External_Rel NAME(Elf,External_Rel) |
| 79 | #define Elf_External_Rela NAME(Elf,External_Rela) |
| 80 | #define Elf_External_Dyn NAME(Elf,External_Dyn) |
| 81 | |
| 82 | #define elf_core_file_failing_command NAME(bfd_elf,core_file_failing_command) |
| 83 | #define elf_core_file_failing_signal NAME(bfd_elf,core_file_failing_signal) |
| 84 | #define elf_core_file_matches_executable_p \ |
| 85 | NAME(bfd_elf,core_file_matches_executable_p) |
| 86 | #define elf_object_p NAME(bfd_elf,object_p) |
| 87 | #define elf_core_file_p NAME(bfd_elf,core_file_p) |
| 88 | #define elf_get_symtab_upper_bound NAME(bfd_elf,get_symtab_upper_bound) |
| 89 | #define elf_get_dynamic_symtab_upper_bound \ |
| 90 | NAME(bfd_elf,get_dynamic_symtab_upper_bound) |
| 91 | #define elf_swap_reloc_in NAME(bfd_elf,swap_reloc_in) |
| 92 | #define elf_swap_reloca_in NAME(bfd_elf,swap_reloca_in) |
| 93 | #define elf_swap_reloc_out NAME(bfd_elf,swap_reloc_out) |
| 94 | #define elf_swap_reloca_out NAME(bfd_elf,swap_reloca_out) |
| 95 | #define elf_swap_symbol_in NAME(bfd_elf,swap_symbol_in) |
| 96 | #define elf_swap_symbol_out NAME(bfd_elf,swap_symbol_out) |
| 97 | #define elf_swap_dyn_in NAME(bfd_elf,swap_dyn_in) |
| 98 | #define elf_swap_dyn_out NAME(bfd_elf,swap_dyn_out) |
| 99 | #define elf_get_reloc_upper_bound NAME(bfd_elf,get_reloc_upper_bound) |
| 100 | #define elf_canonicalize_reloc NAME(bfd_elf,canonicalize_reloc) |
| 101 | #define elf_get_symtab NAME(bfd_elf,get_symtab) |
| 102 | #define elf_canonicalize_dynamic_symtab \ |
| 103 | NAME(bfd_elf,canonicalize_dynamic_symtab) |
| 104 | #define elf_make_empty_symbol NAME(bfd_elf,make_empty_symbol) |
| 105 | #define elf_get_symbol_info NAME(bfd_elf,get_symbol_info) |
| 106 | #define elf_get_lineno NAME(bfd_elf,get_lineno) |
| 107 | #define elf_set_arch_mach NAME(bfd_elf,set_arch_mach) |
| 108 | #define elf_find_nearest_line NAME(bfd_elf,find_nearest_line) |
| 109 | #define elf_sizeof_headers NAME(bfd_elf,sizeof_headers) |
| 110 | #define elf_set_section_contents NAME(bfd_elf,set_section_contents) |
| 111 | #define elf_no_info_to_howto NAME(bfd_elf,no_info_to_howto) |
| 112 | #define elf_no_info_to_howto_rel NAME(bfd_elf,no_info_to_howto_rel) |
| 113 | #define elf_new_section_hook NAME(bfd_elf,new_section_hook) |
| 114 | #define elf_find_section NAME(bfd_elf,find_section) |
| 115 | #define elf_bfd_link_add_symbols NAME(bfd_elf,bfd_link_add_symbols) |
| 116 | #define elf_add_dynamic_entry NAME(bfd_elf,add_dynamic_entry) |
| 117 | #define elf_link_create_dynamic_sections \ |
| 118 | NAME(bfd_elf,link_create_dynamic_sections) |
| 119 | #define elf_link_record_dynamic_symbol \ |
| 120 | NAME(bfd_elf,link_record_dynamic_symbol) |
| 121 | #define elf_bfd_final_link NAME(bfd_elf,bfd_final_link) |
| 122 | |
| 123 | #if ARCH_SIZE == 64 |
| 124 | #define ELF_R_INFO(X,Y) ELF64_R_INFO(X,Y) |
| 125 | #define ELF_R_SYM(X) ELF64_R_SYM(X) |
| 126 | #define ELF_R_TYPE(X) ELF64_R_TYPE(X) |
| 127 | #define ELFCLASS ELFCLASS64 |
| 128 | #define FILE_ALIGN 8 |
| 129 | #define LOG_FILE_ALIGN 3 |
| 130 | #endif |
| 131 | #if ARCH_SIZE == 32 |
| 132 | #define ELF_R_INFO(X,Y) ELF32_R_INFO(X,Y) |
| 133 | #define ELF_R_SYM(X) ELF32_R_SYM(X) |
| 134 | #define ELF_R_TYPE(X) ELF32_R_TYPE(X) |
| 135 | #define ELFCLASS ELFCLASS32 |
| 136 | #define FILE_ALIGN 4 |
| 137 | #define LOG_FILE_ALIGN 2 |
| 138 | #endif |
| 139 | |
| 140 | /* Forward declarations of static functions */ |
| 141 | |
| 142 | static struct bfd_strtab_hash *elf_stringtab_init PARAMS ((void)); |
| 143 | static asection *section_from_elf_index PARAMS ((bfd *, unsigned int)); |
| 144 | |
| 145 | static int elf_section_from_bfd_section PARAMS ((bfd *, struct sec *)); |
| 146 | |
| 147 | static long elf_slurp_symbol_table PARAMS ((bfd *, asymbol **, boolean)); |
| 148 | |
| 149 | static boolean elf_slurp_reloc_table PARAMS ((bfd *, asection *, asymbol **)); |
| 150 | |
| 151 | static int elf_symbol_from_bfd_symbol PARAMS ((bfd *, |
| 152 | struct symbol_cache_entry **)); |
| 153 | |
| 154 | static boolean elf_compute_section_file_positions |
| 155 | PARAMS ((bfd *, struct bfd_link_info *)); |
| 156 | static boolean prep_headers PARAMS ((bfd *)); |
| 157 | static void write_relocs PARAMS ((bfd *, asection *, PTR)); |
| 158 | static void elf_fake_sections PARAMS ((bfd *, asection *, PTR)); |
| 159 | static boolean assign_section_numbers PARAMS ((bfd *)); |
| 160 | static file_ptr align_file_position PARAMS ((file_ptr)); |
| 161 | static file_ptr assign_file_position_for_section |
| 162 | PARAMS ((Elf_Internal_Shdr *, file_ptr, boolean)); |
| 163 | static boolean assign_file_positions_except_relocs PARAMS ((bfd *, boolean)); |
| 164 | static int elf_sort_hdrs PARAMS ((const PTR, const PTR)); |
| 165 | static void assign_file_positions_for_relocs PARAMS ((bfd *)); |
| 166 | static bfd_size_type get_program_header_size PARAMS ((bfd *, |
| 167 | Elf_Internal_Shdr **, |
| 168 | unsigned int, |
| 169 | bfd_vma)); |
| 170 | static file_ptr map_program_segments |
| 171 | PARAMS ((bfd *, file_ptr, Elf_Internal_Shdr *, Elf_Internal_Shdr **, |
| 172 | bfd_size_type)); |
| 173 | |
| 174 | static boolean elf_map_symbols PARAMS ((bfd *)); |
| 175 | static boolean swap_out_syms PARAMS ((bfd *, struct bfd_strtab_hash **)); |
| 176 | |
| 177 | static boolean bfd_section_from_shdr PARAMS ((bfd *, unsigned int shindex)); |
| 178 | |
| 179 | #ifdef DEBUG |
| 180 | static void elf_debug_section PARAMS ((int, Elf_Internal_Shdr *)); |
| 181 | static void elf_debug_file PARAMS ((Elf_Internal_Ehdr *)); |
| 182 | static char *elf_symbol_flags PARAMS ((flagword)); |
| 183 | #endif |
| 184 | |
| 185 | #define elf_string_from_elf_strtab(abfd,strindex) \ |
| 186 | elf_string_from_elf_section(abfd,elf_elfheader(abfd)->e_shstrndx,strindex) |
| 187 | \f |
| 188 | /* Structure swapping routines */ |
| 189 | |
| 190 | /* Should perhaps use put_offset, put_word, etc. For now, the two versions |
| 191 | can be handled by explicitly specifying 32 bits or "the long type". */ |
| 192 | #if ARCH_SIZE == 64 |
| 193 | #define put_word bfd_h_put_64 |
| 194 | #define get_word bfd_h_get_64 |
| 195 | #endif |
| 196 | #if ARCH_SIZE == 32 |
| 197 | #define put_word bfd_h_put_32 |
| 198 | #define get_word bfd_h_get_32 |
| 199 | #endif |
| 200 | |
| 201 | /* Translate an ELF symbol in external format into an ELF symbol in internal |
| 202 | format. */ |
| 203 | |
| 204 | void |
| 205 | elf_swap_symbol_in (abfd, src, dst) |
| 206 | bfd *abfd; |
| 207 | Elf_External_Sym *src; |
| 208 | Elf_Internal_Sym *dst; |
| 209 | { |
| 210 | dst->st_name = bfd_h_get_32 (abfd, (bfd_byte *) src->st_name); |
| 211 | dst->st_value = get_word (abfd, (bfd_byte *) src->st_value); |
| 212 | dst->st_size = get_word (abfd, (bfd_byte *) src->st_size); |
| 213 | dst->st_info = bfd_h_get_8 (abfd, (bfd_byte *) src->st_info); |
| 214 | dst->st_other = bfd_h_get_8 (abfd, (bfd_byte *) src->st_other); |
| 215 | dst->st_shndx = bfd_h_get_16 (abfd, (bfd_byte *) src->st_shndx); |
| 216 | } |
| 217 | |
| 218 | /* Translate an ELF symbol in internal format into an ELF symbol in external |
| 219 | format. */ |
| 220 | |
| 221 | void |
| 222 | elf_swap_symbol_out (abfd, src, dst) |
| 223 | bfd *abfd; |
| 224 | Elf_Internal_Sym *src; |
| 225 | Elf_External_Sym *dst; |
| 226 | { |
| 227 | bfd_h_put_32 (abfd, src->st_name, dst->st_name); |
| 228 | put_word (abfd, src->st_value, dst->st_value); |
| 229 | put_word (abfd, src->st_size, dst->st_size); |
| 230 | bfd_h_put_8 (abfd, src->st_info, dst->st_info); |
| 231 | bfd_h_put_8 (abfd, src->st_other, dst->st_other); |
| 232 | bfd_h_put_16 (abfd, src->st_shndx, dst->st_shndx); |
| 233 | } |
| 234 | |
| 235 | |
| 236 | /* Translate an ELF file header in external format into an ELF file header in |
| 237 | internal format. */ |
| 238 | |
| 239 | static void |
| 240 | elf_swap_ehdr_in (abfd, src, dst) |
| 241 | bfd *abfd; |
| 242 | Elf_External_Ehdr *src; |
| 243 | Elf_Internal_Ehdr *dst; |
| 244 | { |
| 245 | memcpy (dst->e_ident, src->e_ident, EI_NIDENT); |
| 246 | dst->e_type = bfd_h_get_16 (abfd, (bfd_byte *) src->e_type); |
| 247 | dst->e_machine = bfd_h_get_16 (abfd, (bfd_byte *) src->e_machine); |
| 248 | dst->e_version = bfd_h_get_32 (abfd, (bfd_byte *) src->e_version); |
| 249 | dst->e_entry = get_word (abfd, (bfd_byte *) src->e_entry); |
| 250 | dst->e_phoff = get_word (abfd, (bfd_byte *) src->e_phoff); |
| 251 | dst->e_shoff = get_word (abfd, (bfd_byte *) src->e_shoff); |
| 252 | dst->e_flags = bfd_h_get_32 (abfd, (bfd_byte *) src->e_flags); |
| 253 | dst->e_ehsize = bfd_h_get_16 (abfd, (bfd_byte *) src->e_ehsize); |
| 254 | dst->e_phentsize = bfd_h_get_16 (abfd, (bfd_byte *) src->e_phentsize); |
| 255 | dst->e_phnum = bfd_h_get_16 (abfd, (bfd_byte *) src->e_phnum); |
| 256 | dst->e_shentsize = bfd_h_get_16 (abfd, (bfd_byte *) src->e_shentsize); |
| 257 | dst->e_shnum = bfd_h_get_16 (abfd, (bfd_byte *) src->e_shnum); |
| 258 | dst->e_shstrndx = bfd_h_get_16 (abfd, (bfd_byte *) src->e_shstrndx); |
| 259 | } |
| 260 | |
| 261 | /* Translate an ELF file header in internal format into an ELF file header in |
| 262 | external format. */ |
| 263 | |
| 264 | static void |
| 265 | elf_swap_ehdr_out (abfd, src, dst) |
| 266 | bfd *abfd; |
| 267 | Elf_Internal_Ehdr *src; |
| 268 | Elf_External_Ehdr *dst; |
| 269 | { |
| 270 | memcpy (dst->e_ident, src->e_ident, EI_NIDENT); |
| 271 | /* note that all elements of dst are *arrays of unsigned char* already... */ |
| 272 | bfd_h_put_16 (abfd, src->e_type, dst->e_type); |
| 273 | bfd_h_put_16 (abfd, src->e_machine, dst->e_machine); |
| 274 | bfd_h_put_32 (abfd, src->e_version, dst->e_version); |
| 275 | put_word (abfd, src->e_entry, dst->e_entry); |
| 276 | put_word (abfd, src->e_phoff, dst->e_phoff); |
| 277 | put_word (abfd, src->e_shoff, dst->e_shoff); |
| 278 | bfd_h_put_32 (abfd, src->e_flags, dst->e_flags); |
| 279 | bfd_h_put_16 (abfd, src->e_ehsize, dst->e_ehsize); |
| 280 | bfd_h_put_16 (abfd, src->e_phentsize, dst->e_phentsize); |
| 281 | bfd_h_put_16 (abfd, src->e_phnum, dst->e_phnum); |
| 282 | bfd_h_put_16 (abfd, src->e_shentsize, dst->e_shentsize); |
| 283 | bfd_h_put_16 (abfd, src->e_shnum, dst->e_shnum); |
| 284 | bfd_h_put_16 (abfd, src->e_shstrndx, dst->e_shstrndx); |
| 285 | } |
| 286 | |
| 287 | |
| 288 | /* Translate an ELF section header table entry in external format into an |
| 289 | ELF section header table entry in internal format. */ |
| 290 | |
| 291 | static void |
| 292 | elf_swap_shdr_in (abfd, src, dst) |
| 293 | bfd *abfd; |
| 294 | Elf_External_Shdr *src; |
| 295 | Elf_Internal_Shdr *dst; |
| 296 | { |
| 297 | dst->sh_name = bfd_h_get_32 (abfd, (bfd_byte *) src->sh_name); |
| 298 | dst->sh_type = bfd_h_get_32 (abfd, (bfd_byte *) src->sh_type); |
| 299 | dst->sh_flags = get_word (abfd, (bfd_byte *) src->sh_flags); |
| 300 | dst->sh_addr = get_word (abfd, (bfd_byte *) src->sh_addr); |
| 301 | dst->sh_offset = get_word (abfd, (bfd_byte *) src->sh_offset); |
| 302 | dst->sh_size = get_word (abfd, (bfd_byte *) src->sh_size); |
| 303 | dst->sh_link = bfd_h_get_32 (abfd, (bfd_byte *) src->sh_link); |
| 304 | dst->sh_info = bfd_h_get_32 (abfd, (bfd_byte *) src->sh_info); |
| 305 | dst->sh_addralign = get_word (abfd, (bfd_byte *) src->sh_addralign); |
| 306 | dst->sh_entsize = get_word (abfd, (bfd_byte *) src->sh_entsize); |
| 307 | dst->bfd_section = NULL; |
| 308 | dst->contents = NULL; |
| 309 | } |
| 310 | |
| 311 | /* Translate an ELF section header table entry in internal format into an |
| 312 | ELF section header table entry in external format. */ |
| 313 | |
| 314 | static void |
| 315 | elf_swap_shdr_out (abfd, src, dst) |
| 316 | bfd *abfd; |
| 317 | Elf_Internal_Shdr *src; |
| 318 | Elf_External_Shdr *dst; |
| 319 | { |
| 320 | /* note that all elements of dst are *arrays of unsigned char* already... */ |
| 321 | bfd_h_put_32 (abfd, src->sh_name, dst->sh_name); |
| 322 | bfd_h_put_32 (abfd, src->sh_type, dst->sh_type); |
| 323 | put_word (abfd, src->sh_flags, dst->sh_flags); |
| 324 | put_word (abfd, src->sh_addr, dst->sh_addr); |
| 325 | put_word (abfd, src->sh_offset, dst->sh_offset); |
| 326 | put_word (abfd, src->sh_size, dst->sh_size); |
| 327 | bfd_h_put_32 (abfd, src->sh_link, dst->sh_link); |
| 328 | bfd_h_put_32 (abfd, src->sh_info, dst->sh_info); |
| 329 | put_word (abfd, src->sh_addralign, dst->sh_addralign); |
| 330 | put_word (abfd, src->sh_entsize, dst->sh_entsize); |
| 331 | } |
| 332 | |
| 333 | |
| 334 | /* Translate an ELF program header table entry in external format into an |
| 335 | ELF program header table entry in internal format. */ |
| 336 | |
| 337 | static void |
| 338 | elf_swap_phdr_in (abfd, src, dst) |
| 339 | bfd *abfd; |
| 340 | Elf_External_Phdr *src; |
| 341 | Elf_Internal_Phdr *dst; |
| 342 | { |
| 343 | dst->p_type = bfd_h_get_32 (abfd, (bfd_byte *) src->p_type); |
| 344 | dst->p_flags = bfd_h_get_32 (abfd, (bfd_byte *) src->p_flags); |
| 345 | dst->p_offset = get_word (abfd, (bfd_byte *) src->p_offset); |
| 346 | dst->p_vaddr = get_word (abfd, (bfd_byte *) src->p_vaddr); |
| 347 | dst->p_paddr = get_word (abfd, (bfd_byte *) src->p_paddr); |
| 348 | dst->p_filesz = get_word (abfd, (bfd_byte *) src->p_filesz); |
| 349 | dst->p_memsz = get_word (abfd, (bfd_byte *) src->p_memsz); |
| 350 | dst->p_align = get_word (abfd, (bfd_byte *) src->p_align); |
| 351 | } |
| 352 | |
| 353 | static void |
| 354 | elf_swap_phdr_out (abfd, src, dst) |
| 355 | bfd *abfd; |
| 356 | Elf_Internal_Phdr *src; |
| 357 | Elf_External_Phdr *dst; |
| 358 | { |
| 359 | /* note that all elements of dst are *arrays of unsigned char* already... */ |
| 360 | bfd_h_put_32 (abfd, src->p_type, dst->p_type); |
| 361 | put_word (abfd, src->p_offset, dst->p_offset); |
| 362 | put_word (abfd, src->p_vaddr, dst->p_vaddr); |
| 363 | put_word (abfd, src->p_paddr, dst->p_paddr); |
| 364 | put_word (abfd, src->p_filesz, dst->p_filesz); |
| 365 | put_word (abfd, src->p_memsz, dst->p_memsz); |
| 366 | bfd_h_put_32 (abfd, src->p_flags, dst->p_flags); |
| 367 | put_word (abfd, src->p_align, dst->p_align); |
| 368 | } |
| 369 | |
| 370 | /* Translate an ELF reloc from external format to internal format. */ |
| 371 | INLINE void |
| 372 | elf_swap_reloc_in (abfd, src, dst) |
| 373 | bfd *abfd; |
| 374 | Elf_External_Rel *src; |
| 375 | Elf_Internal_Rel *dst; |
| 376 | { |
| 377 | dst->r_offset = get_word (abfd, (bfd_byte *) src->r_offset); |
| 378 | dst->r_info = get_word (abfd, (bfd_byte *) src->r_info); |
| 379 | } |
| 380 | |
| 381 | INLINE void |
| 382 | elf_swap_reloca_in (abfd, src, dst) |
| 383 | bfd *abfd; |
| 384 | Elf_External_Rela *src; |
| 385 | Elf_Internal_Rela *dst; |
| 386 | { |
| 387 | dst->r_offset = get_word (abfd, (bfd_byte *) src->r_offset); |
| 388 | dst->r_info = get_word (abfd, (bfd_byte *) src->r_info); |
| 389 | dst->r_addend = get_word (abfd, (bfd_byte *) src->r_addend); |
| 390 | } |
| 391 | |
| 392 | /* Translate an ELF reloc from internal format to external format. */ |
| 393 | INLINE void |
| 394 | elf_swap_reloc_out (abfd, src, dst) |
| 395 | bfd *abfd; |
| 396 | Elf_Internal_Rel *src; |
| 397 | Elf_External_Rel *dst; |
| 398 | { |
| 399 | put_word (abfd, src->r_offset, dst->r_offset); |
| 400 | put_word (abfd, src->r_info, dst->r_info); |
| 401 | } |
| 402 | |
| 403 | INLINE void |
| 404 | elf_swap_reloca_out (abfd, src, dst) |
| 405 | bfd *abfd; |
| 406 | Elf_Internal_Rela *src; |
| 407 | Elf_External_Rela *dst; |
| 408 | { |
| 409 | put_word (abfd, src->r_offset, dst->r_offset); |
| 410 | put_word (abfd, src->r_info, dst->r_info); |
| 411 | put_word (abfd, src->r_addend, dst->r_addend); |
| 412 | } |
| 413 | |
| 414 | INLINE void |
| 415 | elf_swap_dyn_in (abfd, src, dst) |
| 416 | bfd *abfd; |
| 417 | const Elf_External_Dyn *src; |
| 418 | Elf_Internal_Dyn *dst; |
| 419 | { |
| 420 | dst->d_tag = get_word (abfd, src->d_tag); |
| 421 | dst->d_un.d_val = get_word (abfd, src->d_un.d_val); |
| 422 | } |
| 423 | |
| 424 | INLINE void |
| 425 | elf_swap_dyn_out (abfd, src, dst) |
| 426 | bfd *abfd; |
| 427 | const Elf_Internal_Dyn *src; |
| 428 | Elf_External_Dyn *dst; |
| 429 | { |
| 430 | put_word (abfd, src->d_tag, dst->d_tag); |
| 431 | put_word (abfd, src->d_un.d_val, dst->d_un.d_val); |
| 432 | } |
| 433 | \f |
| 434 | /* Allocate an ELF string table--force the first byte to be zero. */ |
| 435 | |
| 436 | static struct bfd_strtab_hash * |
| 437 | elf_stringtab_init () |
| 438 | { |
| 439 | struct bfd_strtab_hash *ret; |
| 440 | |
| 441 | ret = _bfd_stringtab_init (); |
| 442 | if (ret != NULL) |
| 443 | { |
| 444 | bfd_size_type loc; |
| 445 | |
| 446 | loc = _bfd_stringtab_add (ret, "", true, false); |
| 447 | BFD_ASSERT (loc == 0 || loc == (bfd_size_type) -1); |
| 448 | if (loc == (bfd_size_type) -1) |
| 449 | { |
| 450 | _bfd_stringtab_free (ret); |
| 451 | ret = NULL; |
| 452 | } |
| 453 | } |
| 454 | return ret; |
| 455 | } |
| 456 | \f |
| 457 | /* ELF .o/exec file reading */ |
| 458 | |
| 459 | /* Create a new bfd section from an ELF section header. */ |
| 460 | |
| 461 | static boolean |
| 462 | bfd_section_from_shdr (abfd, shindex) |
| 463 | bfd *abfd; |
| 464 | unsigned int shindex; |
| 465 | { |
| 466 | Elf_Internal_Shdr *hdr = elf_elfsections (abfd)[shindex]; |
| 467 | Elf_Internal_Ehdr *ehdr = elf_elfheader (abfd); |
| 468 | char *name; |
| 469 | |
| 470 | name = elf_string_from_elf_strtab (abfd, hdr->sh_name); |
| 471 | |
| 472 | switch (hdr->sh_type) |
| 473 | { |
| 474 | case SHT_NULL: |
| 475 | /* Inactive section. Throw it away. */ |
| 476 | return true; |
| 477 | |
| 478 | case SHT_PROGBITS: /* Normal section with contents. */ |
| 479 | case SHT_DYNAMIC: /* Dynamic linking information. */ |
| 480 | case SHT_NOBITS: /* .bss section. */ |
| 481 | case SHT_HASH: /* .hash section. */ |
| 482 | return _bfd_elf_make_section_from_shdr (abfd, hdr, name); |
| 483 | |
| 484 | case SHT_SYMTAB: /* A symbol table */ |
| 485 | if (elf_onesymtab (abfd) == shindex) |
| 486 | return true; |
| 487 | |
| 488 | BFD_ASSERT (hdr->sh_entsize == sizeof (Elf_External_Sym)); |
| 489 | BFD_ASSERT (elf_onesymtab (abfd) == 0); |
| 490 | elf_onesymtab (abfd) = shindex; |
| 491 | elf_tdata (abfd)->symtab_hdr = *hdr; |
| 492 | elf_elfsections (abfd)[shindex] = &elf_tdata (abfd)->symtab_hdr; |
| 493 | abfd->flags |= HAS_SYMS; |
| 494 | |
| 495 | /* Sometimes a shared object will map in the symbol table. If |
| 496 | SHF_ALLOC is set, and this is a shared object, then we also |
| 497 | treat this section as a BFD section. We can not base the |
| 498 | decision purely on SHF_ALLOC, because that flag is sometimes |
| 499 | set in a relocateable object file, which would confuse the |
| 500 | linker. */ |
| 501 | if ((hdr->sh_flags & SHF_ALLOC) != 0 |
| 502 | && (abfd->flags & DYNAMIC) != 0 |
| 503 | && ! _bfd_elf_make_section_from_shdr (abfd, hdr, name)) |
| 504 | return false; |
| 505 | |
| 506 | return true; |
| 507 | |
| 508 | case SHT_DYNSYM: /* A dynamic symbol table */ |
| 509 | if (elf_dynsymtab (abfd) == shindex) |
| 510 | return true; |
| 511 | |
| 512 | BFD_ASSERT (hdr->sh_entsize == sizeof (Elf_External_Sym)); |
| 513 | BFD_ASSERT (elf_dynsymtab (abfd) == 0); |
| 514 | elf_dynsymtab (abfd) = shindex; |
| 515 | elf_tdata (abfd)->dynsymtab_hdr = *hdr; |
| 516 | elf_elfsections (abfd)[shindex] = &elf_tdata (abfd)->dynsymtab_hdr; |
| 517 | abfd->flags |= HAS_SYMS; |
| 518 | |
| 519 | /* Besides being a symbol table, we also treat this as a regular |
| 520 | section, so that objcopy can handle it. */ |
| 521 | return _bfd_elf_make_section_from_shdr (abfd, hdr, name); |
| 522 | |
| 523 | case SHT_STRTAB: /* A string table */ |
| 524 | if (hdr->bfd_section != NULL) |
| 525 | return true; |
| 526 | if (ehdr->e_shstrndx == shindex) |
| 527 | { |
| 528 | elf_tdata (abfd)->shstrtab_hdr = *hdr; |
| 529 | elf_elfsections (abfd)[shindex] = &elf_tdata (abfd)->shstrtab_hdr; |
| 530 | return true; |
| 531 | } |
| 532 | { |
| 533 | unsigned int i; |
| 534 | |
| 535 | for (i = 1; i < ehdr->e_shnum; i++) |
| 536 | { |
| 537 | Elf_Internal_Shdr *hdr2 = elf_elfsections (abfd)[i]; |
| 538 | if (hdr2->sh_link == shindex) |
| 539 | { |
| 540 | if (! bfd_section_from_shdr (abfd, i)) |
| 541 | return false; |
| 542 | if (elf_onesymtab (abfd) == i) |
| 543 | { |
| 544 | elf_tdata (abfd)->strtab_hdr = *hdr; |
| 545 | elf_elfsections (abfd)[shindex] = |
| 546 | &elf_tdata (abfd)->strtab_hdr; |
| 547 | return true; |
| 548 | } |
| 549 | if (elf_dynsymtab (abfd) == i) |
| 550 | { |
| 551 | elf_tdata (abfd)->dynstrtab_hdr = *hdr; |
| 552 | elf_elfsections (abfd)[shindex] = |
| 553 | &elf_tdata (abfd)->dynstrtab_hdr; |
| 554 | /* We also treat this as a regular section, so |
| 555 | that objcopy can handle it. */ |
| 556 | break; |
| 557 | } |
| 558 | #if 0 /* Not handling other string tables specially right now. */ |
| 559 | hdr2 = elf_elfsections (abfd)[i]; /* in case it moved */ |
| 560 | /* We have a strtab for some random other section. */ |
| 561 | newsect = (asection *) hdr2->bfd_section; |
| 562 | if (!newsect) |
| 563 | break; |
| 564 | hdr->bfd_section = newsect; |
| 565 | hdr2 = &elf_section_data (newsect)->str_hdr; |
| 566 | *hdr2 = *hdr; |
| 567 | elf_elfsections (abfd)[shindex] = hdr2; |
| 568 | #endif |
| 569 | } |
| 570 | } |
| 571 | } |
| 572 | |
| 573 | return _bfd_elf_make_section_from_shdr (abfd, hdr, name); |
| 574 | |
| 575 | case SHT_REL: |
| 576 | case SHT_RELA: |
| 577 | /* *These* do a lot of work -- but build no sections! */ |
| 578 | { |
| 579 | asection *target_sect; |
| 580 | Elf_Internal_Shdr *hdr2; |
| 581 | int use_rela_p = get_elf_backend_data (abfd)->use_rela_p; |
| 582 | |
| 583 | /* Get the symbol table. */ |
| 584 | if (! bfd_section_from_shdr (abfd, hdr->sh_link)) |
| 585 | return false; |
| 586 | |
| 587 | /* If this reloc section does not use the main symbol table we |
| 588 | don't treat it as a reloc section. BFD can't adequately |
| 589 | represent such a section, so at least for now, we don't |
| 590 | try. We just present it as a normal section. */ |
| 591 | if (hdr->sh_link != elf_onesymtab (abfd)) |
| 592 | return _bfd_elf_make_section_from_shdr (abfd, hdr, name); |
| 593 | |
| 594 | /* Don't allow REL relocations on a machine that uses RELA and |
| 595 | vice versa. */ |
| 596 | /* @@ Actually, the generic ABI does suggest that both might be |
| 597 | used in one file. But the four ABI Processor Supplements I |
| 598 | have access to right now all specify that only one is used on |
| 599 | each of those architectures. It's conceivable that, e.g., a |
| 600 | bunch of absolute 32-bit relocs might be more compact in REL |
| 601 | form even on a RELA machine... */ |
| 602 | BFD_ASSERT (use_rela_p |
| 603 | ? (hdr->sh_type == SHT_RELA |
| 604 | && hdr->sh_entsize == sizeof (Elf_External_Rela)) |
| 605 | : (hdr->sh_type == SHT_REL |
| 606 | && hdr->sh_entsize == sizeof (Elf_External_Rel))); |
| 607 | |
| 608 | if (! bfd_section_from_shdr (abfd, hdr->sh_info)) |
| 609 | return false; |
| 610 | target_sect = section_from_elf_index (abfd, hdr->sh_info); |
| 611 | if (target_sect == NULL) |
| 612 | return false; |
| 613 | |
| 614 | hdr2 = &elf_section_data (target_sect)->rel_hdr; |
| 615 | *hdr2 = *hdr; |
| 616 | elf_elfsections (abfd)[shindex] = hdr2; |
| 617 | target_sect->reloc_count = hdr->sh_size / hdr->sh_entsize; |
| 618 | target_sect->flags |= SEC_RELOC; |
| 619 | target_sect->relocation = NULL; |
| 620 | target_sect->rel_filepos = hdr->sh_offset; |
| 621 | abfd->flags |= HAS_RELOC; |
| 622 | return true; |
| 623 | } |
| 624 | break; |
| 625 | |
| 626 | case SHT_NOTE: |
| 627 | #if 0 |
| 628 | fprintf (stderr, "Note Sections not yet supported.\n"); |
| 629 | BFD_FAIL (); |
| 630 | #endif |
| 631 | break; |
| 632 | |
| 633 | case SHT_SHLIB: |
| 634 | #if 0 |
| 635 | fprintf (stderr, "SHLIB Sections not supported (and non conforming.)\n"); |
| 636 | #endif |
| 637 | return true; |
| 638 | |
| 639 | default: |
| 640 | /* Check for any processor-specific section types. */ |
| 641 | { |
| 642 | struct elf_backend_data *bed = get_elf_backend_data (abfd); |
| 643 | |
| 644 | if (bed->elf_backend_section_from_shdr) |
| 645 | (*bed->elf_backend_section_from_shdr) (abfd, hdr, name); |
| 646 | } |
| 647 | break; |
| 648 | } |
| 649 | |
| 650 | return true; |
| 651 | } |
| 652 | |
| 653 | boolean |
| 654 | elf_new_section_hook (abfd, sec) |
| 655 | bfd *abfd |
| 656 | ; |
| 657 | asection *sec; |
| 658 | { |
| 659 | struct bfd_elf_section_data *sdata; |
| 660 | |
| 661 | sdata = (struct bfd_elf_section_data *) bfd_alloc (abfd, sizeof (*sdata)); |
| 662 | if (!sdata) |
| 663 | { |
| 664 | bfd_set_error (bfd_error_no_memory); |
| 665 | return false; |
| 666 | } |
| 667 | sec->used_by_bfd = (PTR) sdata; |
| 668 | memset (sdata, 0, sizeof (*sdata)); |
| 669 | return true; |
| 670 | } |
| 671 | |
| 672 | /* Create a new bfd section from an ELF program header. |
| 673 | |
| 674 | Since program segments have no names, we generate a synthetic name |
| 675 | of the form segment<NUM>, where NUM is generally the index in the |
| 676 | program header table. For segments that are split (see below) we |
| 677 | generate the names segment<NUM>a and segment<NUM>b. |
| 678 | |
| 679 | Note that some program segments may have a file size that is different than |
| 680 | (less than) the memory size. All this means is that at execution the |
| 681 | system must allocate the amount of memory specified by the memory size, |
| 682 | but only initialize it with the first "file size" bytes read from the |
| 683 | file. This would occur for example, with program segments consisting |
| 684 | of combined data+bss. |
| 685 | |
| 686 | To handle the above situation, this routine generates TWO bfd sections |
| 687 | for the single program segment. The first has the length specified by |
| 688 | the file size of the segment, and the second has the length specified |
| 689 | by the difference between the two sizes. In effect, the segment is split |
| 690 | into it's initialized and uninitialized parts. |
| 691 | |
| 692 | */ |
| 693 | |
| 694 | static boolean |
| 695 | bfd_section_from_phdr (abfd, hdr, index) |
| 696 | bfd *abfd; |
| 697 | Elf_Internal_Phdr *hdr; |
| 698 | int index; |
| 699 | { |
| 700 | asection *newsect; |
| 701 | char *name; |
| 702 | char namebuf[64]; |
| 703 | int split; |
| 704 | |
| 705 | split = ((hdr->p_memsz > 0) && |
| 706 | (hdr->p_filesz > 0) && |
| 707 | (hdr->p_memsz > hdr->p_filesz)); |
| 708 | sprintf (namebuf, split ? "segment%da" : "segment%d", index); |
| 709 | name = bfd_alloc (abfd, strlen (namebuf) + 1); |
| 710 | if (!name) |
| 711 | { |
| 712 | bfd_set_error (bfd_error_no_memory); |
| 713 | return false; |
| 714 | } |
| 715 | strcpy (name, namebuf); |
| 716 | newsect = bfd_make_section (abfd, name); |
| 717 | if (newsect == NULL) |
| 718 | return false; |
| 719 | newsect->vma = hdr->p_vaddr; |
| 720 | newsect->_raw_size = hdr->p_filesz; |
| 721 | newsect->filepos = hdr->p_offset; |
| 722 | newsect->flags |= SEC_HAS_CONTENTS; |
| 723 | if (hdr->p_type == PT_LOAD) |
| 724 | { |
| 725 | newsect->flags |= SEC_ALLOC; |
| 726 | newsect->flags |= SEC_LOAD; |
| 727 | if (hdr->p_flags & PF_X) |
| 728 | { |
| 729 | /* FIXME: all we known is that it has execute PERMISSION, |
| 730 | may be data. */ |
| 731 | newsect->flags |= SEC_CODE; |
| 732 | } |
| 733 | } |
| 734 | if (!(hdr->p_flags & PF_W)) |
| 735 | { |
| 736 | newsect->flags |= SEC_READONLY; |
| 737 | } |
| 738 | |
| 739 | if (split) |
| 740 | { |
| 741 | sprintf (namebuf, "segment%db", index); |
| 742 | name = bfd_alloc (abfd, strlen (namebuf) + 1); |
| 743 | if (!name) |
| 744 | { |
| 745 | bfd_set_error (bfd_error_no_memory); |
| 746 | return false; |
| 747 | } |
| 748 | strcpy (name, namebuf); |
| 749 | newsect = bfd_make_section (abfd, name); |
| 750 | if (newsect == NULL) |
| 751 | return false; |
| 752 | newsect->vma = hdr->p_vaddr + hdr->p_filesz; |
| 753 | newsect->_raw_size = hdr->p_memsz - hdr->p_filesz; |
| 754 | if (hdr->p_type == PT_LOAD) |
| 755 | { |
| 756 | newsect->flags |= SEC_ALLOC; |
| 757 | if (hdr->p_flags & PF_X) |
| 758 | newsect->flags |= SEC_CODE; |
| 759 | } |
| 760 | if (!(hdr->p_flags & PF_W)) |
| 761 | newsect->flags |= SEC_READONLY; |
| 762 | } |
| 763 | |
| 764 | return true; |
| 765 | } |
| 766 | |
| 767 | /* Begin processing a given object. |
| 768 | |
| 769 | First we validate the file by reading in the ELF header and checking |
| 770 | the magic number. */ |
| 771 | |
| 772 | static INLINE boolean |
| 773 | elf_file_p (x_ehdrp) |
| 774 | Elf_External_Ehdr *x_ehdrp; |
| 775 | { |
| 776 | return ((x_ehdrp->e_ident[EI_MAG0] == ELFMAG0) |
| 777 | && (x_ehdrp->e_ident[EI_MAG1] == ELFMAG1) |
| 778 | && (x_ehdrp->e_ident[EI_MAG2] == ELFMAG2) |
| 779 | && (x_ehdrp->e_ident[EI_MAG3] == ELFMAG3)); |
| 780 | } |
| 781 | |
| 782 | /* Check to see if the file associated with ABFD matches the target vector |
| 783 | that ABFD points to. |
| 784 | |
| 785 | Note that we may be called several times with the same ABFD, but different |
| 786 | target vectors, most of which will not match. We have to avoid leaving |
| 787 | any side effects in ABFD, or any data it points to (like tdata), if the |
| 788 | file does not match the target vector. */ |
| 789 | |
| 790 | const bfd_target * |
| 791 | elf_object_p (abfd) |
| 792 | bfd *abfd; |
| 793 | { |
| 794 | Elf_External_Ehdr x_ehdr; /* Elf file header, external form */ |
| 795 | Elf_Internal_Ehdr *i_ehdrp; /* Elf file header, internal form */ |
| 796 | Elf_External_Shdr x_shdr; /* Section header table entry, external form */ |
| 797 | Elf_Internal_Shdr *i_shdrp = NULL; /* Section header table, internal form */ |
| 798 | unsigned int shindex; |
| 799 | char *shstrtab; /* Internal copy of section header stringtab */ |
| 800 | struct elf_backend_data *ebd; |
| 801 | struct elf_obj_tdata *preserved_tdata = elf_tdata (abfd); |
| 802 | struct elf_obj_tdata *new_tdata = NULL; |
| 803 | |
| 804 | /* Read in the ELF header in external format. */ |
| 805 | |
| 806 | if (bfd_read ((PTR) & x_ehdr, sizeof (x_ehdr), 1, abfd) != sizeof (x_ehdr)) |
| 807 | { |
| 808 | if (bfd_get_error () != bfd_error_system_call) |
| 809 | goto got_wrong_format_error; |
| 810 | else |
| 811 | goto got_no_match; |
| 812 | } |
| 813 | |
| 814 | /* Now check to see if we have a valid ELF file, and one that BFD can |
| 815 | make use of. The magic number must match, the address size ('class') |
| 816 | and byte-swapping must match our XVEC entry, and it must have a |
| 817 | section header table (FIXME: See comments re sections at top of this |
| 818 | file). */ |
| 819 | |
| 820 | if ((elf_file_p (&x_ehdr) == false) || |
| 821 | (x_ehdr.e_ident[EI_VERSION] != EV_CURRENT) || |
| 822 | (x_ehdr.e_ident[EI_CLASS] != ELFCLASS)) |
| 823 | goto got_wrong_format_error; |
| 824 | |
| 825 | /* Check that file's byte order matches xvec's */ |
| 826 | switch (x_ehdr.e_ident[EI_DATA]) |
| 827 | { |
| 828 | case ELFDATA2MSB: /* Big-endian */ |
| 829 | if (!abfd->xvec->header_byteorder_big_p) |
| 830 | goto got_wrong_format_error; |
| 831 | break; |
| 832 | case ELFDATA2LSB: /* Little-endian */ |
| 833 | if (abfd->xvec->header_byteorder_big_p) |
| 834 | goto got_wrong_format_error; |
| 835 | break; |
| 836 | case ELFDATANONE: /* No data encoding specified */ |
| 837 | default: /* Unknown data encoding specified */ |
| 838 | goto got_wrong_format_error; |
| 839 | } |
| 840 | |
| 841 | /* Allocate an instance of the elf_obj_tdata structure and hook it up to |
| 842 | the tdata pointer in the bfd. */ |
| 843 | |
| 844 | new_tdata = ((struct elf_obj_tdata *) |
| 845 | bfd_zalloc (abfd, sizeof (struct elf_obj_tdata))); |
| 846 | if (new_tdata == NULL) |
| 847 | goto got_no_memory_error; |
| 848 | elf_tdata (abfd) = new_tdata; |
| 849 | |
| 850 | /* Now that we know the byte order, swap in the rest of the header */ |
| 851 | i_ehdrp = elf_elfheader (abfd); |
| 852 | elf_swap_ehdr_in (abfd, &x_ehdr, i_ehdrp); |
| 853 | #if DEBUG & 1 |
| 854 | elf_debug_file (i_ehdrp); |
| 855 | #endif |
| 856 | |
| 857 | /* If there is no section header table, we're hosed. */ |
| 858 | if (i_ehdrp->e_shoff == 0) |
| 859 | goto got_wrong_format_error; |
| 860 | |
| 861 | /* As a simple sanity check, verify that the what BFD thinks is the |
| 862 | size of each section header table entry actually matches the size |
| 863 | recorded in the file. */ |
| 864 | if (i_ehdrp->e_shentsize != sizeof (x_shdr)) |
| 865 | goto got_wrong_format_error; |
| 866 | |
| 867 | ebd = get_elf_backend_data (abfd); |
| 868 | |
| 869 | /* Check that the ELF e_machine field matches what this particular |
| 870 | BFD format expects. */ |
| 871 | if (ebd->elf_machine_code != i_ehdrp->e_machine |
| 872 | && (ebd->elf_machine_alt1 == 0 || i_ehdrp->e_machine != ebd->elf_machine_alt1) |
| 873 | && (ebd->elf_machine_alt2 == 0 || i_ehdrp->e_machine != ebd->elf_machine_alt2)) |
| 874 | { |
| 875 | const bfd_target * const *target_ptr; |
| 876 | |
| 877 | if (ebd->elf_machine_code != EM_NONE) |
| 878 | goto got_wrong_format_error; |
| 879 | |
| 880 | /* This is the generic ELF target. Let it match any ELF target |
| 881 | for which we do not have a specific backend. */ |
| 882 | for (target_ptr = bfd_target_vector; *target_ptr != NULL; target_ptr++) |
| 883 | { |
| 884 | struct elf_backend_data *back; |
| 885 | |
| 886 | if ((*target_ptr)->flavour != bfd_target_elf_flavour) |
| 887 | continue; |
| 888 | back = (struct elf_backend_data *) (*target_ptr)->backend_data; |
| 889 | if (back->elf_machine_code == i_ehdrp->e_machine) |
| 890 | { |
| 891 | /* target_ptr is an ELF backend which matches this |
| 892 | object file, so reject the generic ELF target. */ |
| 893 | goto got_wrong_format_error; |
| 894 | } |
| 895 | } |
| 896 | } |
| 897 | |
| 898 | if (i_ehdrp->e_type == ET_EXEC) |
| 899 | abfd->flags |= EXEC_P; |
| 900 | else if (i_ehdrp->e_type == ET_DYN) |
| 901 | abfd->flags |= DYNAMIC; |
| 902 | |
| 903 | if (i_ehdrp->e_phnum > 0) |
| 904 | abfd->flags |= D_PAGED; |
| 905 | |
| 906 | if (! bfd_default_set_arch_mach (abfd, ebd->arch, 0)) |
| 907 | goto got_no_match; |
| 908 | |
| 909 | /* Remember the entry point specified in the ELF file header. */ |
| 910 | bfd_get_start_address (abfd) = i_ehdrp->e_entry; |
| 911 | |
| 912 | /* Allocate space for a copy of the section header table in |
| 913 | internal form, seek to the section header table in the file, |
| 914 | read it in, and convert it to internal form. */ |
| 915 | i_shdrp = ((Elf_Internal_Shdr *) |
| 916 | bfd_alloc (abfd, sizeof (*i_shdrp) * i_ehdrp->e_shnum)); |
| 917 | elf_elfsections (abfd) = ((Elf_Internal_Shdr **) |
| 918 | bfd_alloc (abfd, |
| 919 | sizeof (i_shdrp) * i_ehdrp->e_shnum)); |
| 920 | if (!i_shdrp || !elf_elfsections (abfd)) |
| 921 | goto got_no_memory_error; |
| 922 | if (bfd_seek (abfd, i_ehdrp->e_shoff, SEEK_SET) != 0) |
| 923 | goto got_no_match; |
| 924 | for (shindex = 0; shindex < i_ehdrp->e_shnum; shindex++) |
| 925 | { |
| 926 | if (bfd_read ((PTR) & x_shdr, sizeof x_shdr, 1, abfd) != sizeof (x_shdr)) |
| 927 | goto got_no_match; |
| 928 | elf_swap_shdr_in (abfd, &x_shdr, i_shdrp + shindex); |
| 929 | elf_elfsections (abfd)[shindex] = i_shdrp + shindex; |
| 930 | } |
| 931 | if (i_ehdrp->e_shstrndx) |
| 932 | { |
| 933 | if (! bfd_section_from_shdr (abfd, i_ehdrp->e_shstrndx)) |
| 934 | goto got_no_match; |
| 935 | } |
| 936 | |
| 937 | /* Read in the string table containing the names of the sections. We |
| 938 | will need the base pointer to this table later. */ |
| 939 | /* We read this inline now, so that we don't have to go through |
| 940 | bfd_section_from_shdr with it (since this particular strtab is |
| 941 | used to find all of the ELF section names.) */ |
| 942 | |
| 943 | shstrtab = elf_get_str_section (abfd, i_ehdrp->e_shstrndx); |
| 944 | if (!shstrtab) |
| 945 | goto got_no_match; |
| 946 | |
| 947 | /* Once all of the section headers have been read and converted, we |
| 948 | can start processing them. Note that the first section header is |
| 949 | a dummy placeholder entry, so we ignore it. */ |
| 950 | |
| 951 | for (shindex = 1; shindex < i_ehdrp->e_shnum; shindex++) |
| 952 | { |
| 953 | if (! bfd_section_from_shdr (abfd, shindex)) |
| 954 | goto got_no_match; |
| 955 | } |
| 956 | |
| 957 | /* Let the backend double check the format and override global |
| 958 | information. */ |
| 959 | if (ebd->elf_backend_object_p) |
| 960 | { |
| 961 | if ((*ebd->elf_backend_object_p) (abfd) == false) |
| 962 | goto got_wrong_format_error; |
| 963 | } |
| 964 | |
| 965 | return (abfd->xvec); |
| 966 | |
| 967 | got_wrong_format_error: |
| 968 | bfd_set_error (bfd_error_wrong_format); |
| 969 | goto got_no_match; |
| 970 | got_no_memory_error: |
| 971 | bfd_set_error (bfd_error_no_memory); |
| 972 | goto got_no_match; |
| 973 | got_no_match: |
| 974 | if (new_tdata != NULL |
| 975 | && new_tdata->elf_sect_ptr != NULL) |
| 976 | bfd_release (abfd, new_tdata->elf_sect_ptr); |
| 977 | if (i_shdrp != NULL) |
| 978 | bfd_release (abfd, i_shdrp); |
| 979 | if (new_tdata != NULL) |
| 980 | bfd_release (abfd, new_tdata); |
| 981 | elf_tdata (abfd) = preserved_tdata; |
| 982 | return (NULL); |
| 983 | } |
| 984 | \f |
| 985 | |
| 986 | /* ELF .o/exec file writing */ |
| 987 | |
| 988 | /* Takes a bfd and a symbol, returns a pointer to the elf specific area |
| 989 | of the symbol if there is one. */ |
| 990 | static INLINE elf_symbol_type * |
| 991 | elf_symbol_from (ignore_abfd, symbol) |
| 992 | bfd *ignore_abfd; |
| 993 | asymbol *symbol; |
| 994 | { |
| 995 | if (symbol->the_bfd->xvec->flavour != bfd_target_elf_flavour) |
| 996 | return 0; |
| 997 | |
| 998 | if (symbol->the_bfd->tdata.elf_obj_data == (struct elf_obj_tdata *) NULL) |
| 999 | return 0; |
| 1000 | |
| 1001 | return (elf_symbol_type *) symbol; |
| 1002 | } |
| 1003 | |
| 1004 | static void |
| 1005 | write_relocs (abfd, sec, data) |
| 1006 | bfd *abfd; |
| 1007 | asection *sec; |
| 1008 | PTR data; |
| 1009 | { |
| 1010 | boolean *failedp = (boolean *) data; |
| 1011 | Elf_Internal_Shdr *rela_hdr; |
| 1012 | Elf_External_Rela *outbound_relocas; |
| 1013 | Elf_External_Rel *outbound_relocs; |
| 1014 | int idx; |
| 1015 | int use_rela_p = get_elf_backend_data (abfd)->use_rela_p; |
| 1016 | asymbol *last_sym = 0; |
| 1017 | int last_sym_idx = 9999999; /* should always be written before use */ |
| 1018 | |
| 1019 | /* If we have already failed, don't do anything. */ |
| 1020 | if (*failedp) |
| 1021 | return; |
| 1022 | |
| 1023 | if ((sec->flags & SEC_RELOC) == 0) |
| 1024 | return; |
| 1025 | |
| 1026 | /* The linker backend writes the relocs out itself, and sets the |
| 1027 | reloc_count field to zero to inhibit writing them here. Also, |
| 1028 | sometimes the SEC_RELOC flag gets set even when there aren't any |
| 1029 | relocs. */ |
| 1030 | if (sec->reloc_count == 0) |
| 1031 | return; |
| 1032 | |
| 1033 | rela_hdr = &elf_section_data (sec)->rel_hdr; |
| 1034 | |
| 1035 | rela_hdr->sh_size = rela_hdr->sh_entsize * sec->reloc_count; |
| 1036 | rela_hdr->contents = (PTR) bfd_alloc (abfd, rela_hdr->sh_size); |
| 1037 | if (rela_hdr->contents == NULL) |
| 1038 | { |
| 1039 | bfd_set_error (bfd_error_no_memory); |
| 1040 | *failedp = true; |
| 1041 | return; |
| 1042 | } |
| 1043 | |
| 1044 | /* orelocation has the data, reloc_count has the count... */ |
| 1045 | if (use_rela_p) |
| 1046 | { |
| 1047 | outbound_relocas = (Elf_External_Rela *) rela_hdr->contents; |
| 1048 | |
| 1049 | for (idx = 0; idx < sec->reloc_count; idx++) |
| 1050 | { |
| 1051 | Elf_Internal_Rela dst_rela; |
| 1052 | Elf_External_Rela *src_rela; |
| 1053 | arelent *ptr; |
| 1054 | asymbol *sym; |
| 1055 | int n; |
| 1056 | |
| 1057 | ptr = sec->orelocation[idx]; |
| 1058 | src_rela = outbound_relocas + idx; |
| 1059 | |
| 1060 | /* The address of an ELF reloc is section relative for an object |
| 1061 | file, and absolute for an executable file or shared library. |
| 1062 | The address of a BFD reloc is always section relative. */ |
| 1063 | if ((abfd->flags & (EXEC_P | DYNAMIC)) == 0) |
| 1064 | dst_rela.r_offset = ptr->address; |
| 1065 | else |
| 1066 | dst_rela.r_offset = ptr->address + sec->vma; |
| 1067 | |
| 1068 | sym = *ptr->sym_ptr_ptr; |
| 1069 | if (sym == last_sym) |
| 1070 | n = last_sym_idx; |
| 1071 | else |
| 1072 | { |
| 1073 | last_sym = sym; |
| 1074 | last_sym_idx = n = elf_symbol_from_bfd_symbol (abfd, &sym); |
| 1075 | } |
| 1076 | dst_rela.r_info = ELF_R_INFO (n, ptr->howto->type); |
| 1077 | |
| 1078 | dst_rela.r_addend = ptr->addend; |
| 1079 | elf_swap_reloca_out (abfd, &dst_rela, src_rela); |
| 1080 | } |
| 1081 | } |
| 1082 | else |
| 1083 | /* REL relocations */ |
| 1084 | { |
| 1085 | outbound_relocs = (Elf_External_Rel *) rela_hdr->contents; |
| 1086 | |
| 1087 | for (idx = 0; idx < sec->reloc_count; idx++) |
| 1088 | { |
| 1089 | Elf_Internal_Rel dst_rel; |
| 1090 | Elf_External_Rel *src_rel; |
| 1091 | arelent *ptr; |
| 1092 | int n; |
| 1093 | asymbol *sym; |
| 1094 | |
| 1095 | ptr = sec->orelocation[idx]; |
| 1096 | sym = *ptr->sym_ptr_ptr; |
| 1097 | src_rel = outbound_relocs + idx; |
| 1098 | |
| 1099 | /* The address of an ELF reloc is section relative for an object |
| 1100 | file, and absolute for an executable file or shared library. |
| 1101 | The address of a BFD reloc is always section relative. */ |
| 1102 | if ((abfd->flags & (EXEC_P | DYNAMIC)) == 0) |
| 1103 | dst_rel.r_offset = ptr->address; |
| 1104 | else |
| 1105 | dst_rel.r_offset = ptr->address + sec->vma; |
| 1106 | |
| 1107 | if (sym == last_sym) |
| 1108 | n = last_sym_idx; |
| 1109 | else |
| 1110 | { |
| 1111 | last_sym = sym; |
| 1112 | last_sym_idx = n = elf_symbol_from_bfd_symbol (abfd, &sym); |
| 1113 | } |
| 1114 | dst_rel.r_info = ELF_R_INFO (n, ptr->howto->type); |
| 1115 | |
| 1116 | elf_swap_reloc_out (abfd, &dst_rel, src_rel); |
| 1117 | } |
| 1118 | } |
| 1119 | } |
| 1120 | |
| 1121 | /* Set up an ELF internal section header for a section. */ |
| 1122 | |
| 1123 | /*ARGSUSED*/ |
| 1124 | static void |
| 1125 | elf_fake_sections (abfd, asect, failedptrarg) |
| 1126 | bfd *abfd; |
| 1127 | asection *asect; |
| 1128 | PTR failedptrarg; |
| 1129 | { |
| 1130 | boolean *failedptr = (boolean *) failedptrarg; |
| 1131 | Elf_Internal_Shdr *this_hdr; |
| 1132 | |
| 1133 | if (*failedptr) |
| 1134 | { |
| 1135 | /* We already failed; just get out of the bfd_map_over_sections |
| 1136 | loop. */ |
| 1137 | return; |
| 1138 | } |
| 1139 | |
| 1140 | this_hdr = &elf_section_data (asect)->this_hdr; |
| 1141 | |
| 1142 | this_hdr->sh_name = (unsigned long) _bfd_stringtab_add (elf_shstrtab (abfd), |
| 1143 | asect->name, |
| 1144 | true, false); |
| 1145 | if (this_hdr->sh_name == (unsigned long) -1) |
| 1146 | { |
| 1147 | *failedptr = true; |
| 1148 | return; |
| 1149 | } |
| 1150 | |
| 1151 | this_hdr->sh_flags = 0; |
| 1152 | if ((asect->flags & SEC_ALLOC) != 0) |
| 1153 | this_hdr->sh_addr = asect->vma; |
| 1154 | else |
| 1155 | this_hdr->sh_addr = 0; |
| 1156 | this_hdr->sh_offset = 0; |
| 1157 | this_hdr->sh_size = asect->_raw_size; |
| 1158 | this_hdr->sh_link = 0; |
| 1159 | this_hdr->sh_info = 0; |
| 1160 | this_hdr->sh_addralign = 1 << asect->alignment_power; |
| 1161 | this_hdr->sh_entsize = 0; |
| 1162 | |
| 1163 | this_hdr->bfd_section = asect; |
| 1164 | this_hdr->contents = NULL; |
| 1165 | |
| 1166 | /* FIXME: This should not be based on section names. */ |
| 1167 | if (strcmp (asect->name, ".dynstr") == 0) |
| 1168 | this_hdr->sh_type = SHT_STRTAB; |
| 1169 | else if (strcmp (asect->name, ".hash") == 0) |
| 1170 | { |
| 1171 | this_hdr->sh_type = SHT_HASH; |
| 1172 | this_hdr->sh_entsize = ARCH_SIZE / 8; |
| 1173 | } |
| 1174 | else if (strcmp (asect->name, ".dynsym") == 0) |
| 1175 | { |
| 1176 | this_hdr->sh_type = SHT_DYNSYM; |
| 1177 | this_hdr->sh_entsize = sizeof (Elf_External_Sym); |
| 1178 | } |
| 1179 | else if (strcmp (asect->name, ".dynamic") == 0) |
| 1180 | { |
| 1181 | this_hdr->sh_type = SHT_DYNAMIC; |
| 1182 | this_hdr->sh_entsize = sizeof (Elf_External_Dyn); |
| 1183 | } |
| 1184 | else if (strncmp (asect->name, ".rela", 5) == 0 |
| 1185 | && get_elf_backend_data (abfd)->use_rela_p) |
| 1186 | { |
| 1187 | this_hdr->sh_type = SHT_RELA; |
| 1188 | this_hdr->sh_entsize = sizeof (Elf_External_Rela); |
| 1189 | } |
| 1190 | else if (strncmp (asect->name, ".rel", 4) == 0 |
| 1191 | && ! get_elf_backend_data (abfd)->use_rela_p) |
| 1192 | { |
| 1193 | this_hdr->sh_type = SHT_REL; |
| 1194 | this_hdr->sh_entsize = sizeof (Elf_External_Rel); |
| 1195 | } |
| 1196 | else if (strcmp (asect->name, ".note") == 0) |
| 1197 | this_hdr->sh_type = SHT_NOTE; |
| 1198 | else if (strncmp (asect->name, ".stab", 5) == 0 |
| 1199 | && strcmp (asect->name + strlen (asect->name) - 3, "str") == 0) |
| 1200 | this_hdr->sh_type = SHT_STRTAB; |
| 1201 | else if ((asect->flags & SEC_ALLOC) != 0 |
| 1202 | && (asect->flags & SEC_LOAD) != 0) |
| 1203 | this_hdr->sh_type = SHT_PROGBITS; |
| 1204 | else if ((asect->flags & SEC_ALLOC) != 0 |
| 1205 | && ((asect->flags & SEC_LOAD) == 0)) |
| 1206 | { |
| 1207 | BFD_ASSERT (strcmp (asect->name, ".bss") == 0 |
| 1208 | || strcmp (asect->name, ".sbss") == 0 |
| 1209 | || strcmp (asect->name, ".scommon") == 0 |
| 1210 | || strcmp (asect->name, "COMMON") == 0); |
| 1211 | this_hdr->sh_type = SHT_NOBITS; |
| 1212 | } |
| 1213 | else |
| 1214 | { |
| 1215 | /* Who knows? */ |
| 1216 | this_hdr->sh_type = SHT_PROGBITS; |
| 1217 | } |
| 1218 | |
| 1219 | if ((asect->flags & SEC_ALLOC) != 0) |
| 1220 | this_hdr->sh_flags |= SHF_ALLOC; |
| 1221 | if ((asect->flags & SEC_READONLY) == 0) |
| 1222 | this_hdr->sh_flags |= SHF_WRITE; |
| 1223 | if ((asect->flags & SEC_CODE) != 0) |
| 1224 | this_hdr->sh_flags |= SHF_EXECINSTR; |
| 1225 | |
| 1226 | /* Check for processor-specific section types. */ |
| 1227 | { |
| 1228 | struct elf_backend_data *bed = get_elf_backend_data (abfd); |
| 1229 | |
| 1230 | if (bed->elf_backend_fake_sections) |
| 1231 | (*bed->elf_backend_fake_sections) (abfd, this_hdr, asect); |
| 1232 | } |
| 1233 | |
| 1234 | /* If the section has relocs, set up a section header for the |
| 1235 | SHT_REL[A] section. */ |
| 1236 | if ((asect->flags & SEC_RELOC) != 0) |
| 1237 | { |
| 1238 | Elf_Internal_Shdr *rela_hdr; |
| 1239 | int use_rela_p = get_elf_backend_data (abfd)->use_rela_p; |
| 1240 | char *name; |
| 1241 | |
| 1242 | rela_hdr = &elf_section_data (asect)->rel_hdr; |
| 1243 | name = bfd_alloc (abfd, sizeof ".rela" + strlen (asect->name)); |
| 1244 | if (name == NULL) |
| 1245 | { |
| 1246 | bfd_set_error (bfd_error_no_memory); |
| 1247 | *failedptr = true; |
| 1248 | return; |
| 1249 | } |
| 1250 | sprintf (name, "%s%s", use_rela_p ? ".rela" : ".rel", asect->name); |
| 1251 | rela_hdr->sh_name = |
| 1252 | (unsigned int) _bfd_stringtab_add (elf_shstrtab (abfd), name, |
| 1253 | true, false); |
| 1254 | if (rela_hdr->sh_name == (unsigned int) -1) |
| 1255 | { |
| 1256 | *failedptr = true; |
| 1257 | return; |
| 1258 | } |
| 1259 | rela_hdr->sh_type = use_rela_p ? SHT_RELA : SHT_REL; |
| 1260 | rela_hdr->sh_entsize = (use_rela_p |
| 1261 | ? sizeof (Elf_External_Rela) |
| 1262 | : sizeof (Elf_External_Rel)); |
| 1263 | rela_hdr->sh_addralign = FILE_ALIGN; |
| 1264 | rela_hdr->sh_flags = 0; |
| 1265 | rela_hdr->sh_addr = 0; |
| 1266 | rela_hdr->sh_size = 0; |
| 1267 | rela_hdr->sh_offset = 0; |
| 1268 | } |
| 1269 | } |
| 1270 | |
| 1271 | /* Assign all ELF section numbers. The dummy first section is handled here |
| 1272 | too. The link/info pointers for the standard section types are filled |
| 1273 | in here too, while we're at it. */ |
| 1274 | |
| 1275 | static boolean |
| 1276 | assign_section_numbers (abfd) |
| 1277 | bfd *abfd; |
| 1278 | { |
| 1279 | struct elf_obj_tdata *t = elf_tdata (abfd); |
| 1280 | asection *sec; |
| 1281 | unsigned int section_number; |
| 1282 | Elf_Internal_Shdr **i_shdrp; |
| 1283 | |
| 1284 | section_number = 1; |
| 1285 | |
| 1286 | for (sec = abfd->sections; sec; sec = sec->next) |
| 1287 | { |
| 1288 | struct bfd_elf_section_data *d = elf_section_data (sec); |
| 1289 | |
| 1290 | d->this_idx = section_number++; |
| 1291 | if ((sec->flags & SEC_RELOC) == 0) |
| 1292 | d->rel_idx = 0; |
| 1293 | else |
| 1294 | d->rel_idx = section_number++; |
| 1295 | } |
| 1296 | |
| 1297 | t->shstrtab_section = section_number++; |
| 1298 | elf_elfheader (abfd)->e_shstrndx = t->shstrtab_section; |
| 1299 | t->shstrtab_hdr.sh_size = _bfd_stringtab_size (elf_shstrtab (abfd)); |
| 1300 | |
| 1301 | if (abfd->symcount > 0) |
| 1302 | { |
| 1303 | t->symtab_section = section_number++; |
| 1304 | t->strtab_section = section_number++; |
| 1305 | } |
| 1306 | |
| 1307 | elf_elfheader (abfd)->e_shnum = section_number; |
| 1308 | |
| 1309 | /* Set up the list of section header pointers, in agreement with the |
| 1310 | indices. */ |
| 1311 | i_shdrp = ((Elf_Internal_Shdr **) |
| 1312 | bfd_alloc (abfd, section_number * sizeof (Elf_Internal_Shdr *))); |
| 1313 | if (i_shdrp == NULL) |
| 1314 | { |
| 1315 | bfd_set_error (bfd_error_no_memory); |
| 1316 | return false; |
| 1317 | } |
| 1318 | |
| 1319 | i_shdrp[0] = ((Elf_Internal_Shdr *) |
| 1320 | bfd_alloc (abfd, sizeof (Elf_Internal_Shdr))); |
| 1321 | if (i_shdrp[0] == NULL) |
| 1322 | { |
| 1323 | bfd_release (abfd, i_shdrp); |
| 1324 | bfd_set_error (bfd_error_no_memory); |
| 1325 | return false; |
| 1326 | } |
| 1327 | memset (i_shdrp[0], 0, sizeof (Elf_Internal_Shdr)); |
| 1328 | |
| 1329 | elf_elfsections (abfd) = i_shdrp; |
| 1330 | |
| 1331 | i_shdrp[t->shstrtab_section] = &t->shstrtab_hdr; |
| 1332 | if (abfd->symcount > 0) |
| 1333 | { |
| 1334 | i_shdrp[t->symtab_section] = &t->symtab_hdr; |
| 1335 | i_shdrp[t->strtab_section] = &t->strtab_hdr; |
| 1336 | t->symtab_hdr.sh_link = t->strtab_section; |
| 1337 | } |
| 1338 | for (sec = abfd->sections; sec; sec = sec->next) |
| 1339 | { |
| 1340 | struct bfd_elf_section_data *d = elf_section_data (sec); |
| 1341 | asection *s; |
| 1342 | const char *name; |
| 1343 | |
| 1344 | i_shdrp[d->this_idx] = &d->this_hdr; |
| 1345 | if (d->rel_idx != 0) |
| 1346 | i_shdrp[d->rel_idx] = &d->rel_hdr; |
| 1347 | |
| 1348 | /* Fill in the sh_link and sh_info fields while we're at it. */ |
| 1349 | |
| 1350 | /* sh_link of a reloc section is the section index of the symbol |
| 1351 | table. sh_info is the section index of the section to which |
| 1352 | the relocation entries apply. */ |
| 1353 | if (d->rel_idx != 0) |
| 1354 | { |
| 1355 | d->rel_hdr.sh_link = t->symtab_section; |
| 1356 | d->rel_hdr.sh_info = d->this_idx; |
| 1357 | } |
| 1358 | |
| 1359 | switch (d->this_hdr.sh_type) |
| 1360 | { |
| 1361 | case SHT_REL: |
| 1362 | case SHT_RELA: |
| 1363 | /* A reloc section which we are treating as a normal BFD |
| 1364 | section. sh_link is the section index of the symbol |
| 1365 | table. sh_info is the section index of the section to |
| 1366 | which the relocation entries apply. We assume that an |
| 1367 | allocated reloc section uses the dynamic symbol table. |
| 1368 | FIXME: How can we be sure? */ |
| 1369 | s = bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd, ".dynsym"); |
| 1370 | if (s != NULL) |
| 1371 | d->this_hdr.sh_link = elf_section_data (s)->this_idx; |
| 1372 | |
| 1373 | /* We look up the section the relocs apply to by name. */ |
| 1374 | name = sec->name; |
| 1375 | if (d->this_hdr.sh_type == SHT_REL) |
| 1376 | name += 4; |
| 1377 | else |
| 1378 | name += 5; |
| 1379 | s = bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd, name); |
| 1380 | if (s != NULL) |
| 1381 | d->this_hdr.sh_info = elf_section_data (s)->this_idx; |
| 1382 | break; |
| 1383 | |
| 1384 | case SHT_STRTAB: |
| 1385 | /* We assume that a section named .stab*str is a stabs |
| 1386 | string section. We look for a section with the same name |
| 1387 | but without the trailing ``str'', and set its sh_link |
| 1388 | field to point to this section. */ |
| 1389 | if (strncmp (sec->name, ".stab", sizeof ".stab" - 1) == 0 |
| 1390 | && strcmp (sec->name + strlen (sec->name) - 3, "str") == 0) |
| 1391 | { |
| 1392 | size_t len; |
| 1393 | char *alc; |
| 1394 | |
| 1395 | len = strlen (sec->name); |
| 1396 | alc = (char *) malloc (len - 2); |
| 1397 | if (alc == NULL) |
| 1398 | { |
| 1399 | bfd_set_error (bfd_error_no_memory); |
| 1400 | return false; |
| 1401 | } |
| 1402 | strncpy (alc, sec->name, len - 3); |
| 1403 | alc[len - 3] = '\0'; |
| 1404 | s = bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd, alc); |
| 1405 | free (alc); |
| 1406 | if (s != NULL) |
| 1407 | { |
| 1408 | elf_section_data (s)->this_hdr.sh_link = d->this_idx; |
| 1409 | |
| 1410 | /* This is a .stab section. */ |
| 1411 | elf_section_data (s)->this_hdr.sh_entsize = |
| 1412 | 4 + 2 * (ARCH_SIZE / 8); |
| 1413 | } |
| 1414 | } |
| 1415 | break; |
| 1416 | |
| 1417 | case SHT_DYNAMIC: |
| 1418 | case SHT_DYNSYM: |
| 1419 | /* sh_link is the section header index of the string table |
| 1420 | used for the dynamic entries or symbol table. */ |
| 1421 | s = bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd, ".dynstr"); |
| 1422 | if (s != NULL) |
| 1423 | d->this_hdr.sh_link = elf_section_data (s)->this_idx; |
| 1424 | break; |
| 1425 | |
| 1426 | case SHT_HASH: |
| 1427 | /* sh_link is the section header index of the symbol table |
| 1428 | this hash table is for. */ |
| 1429 | s = bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd, ".dynsym"); |
| 1430 | if (s != NULL) |
| 1431 | d->this_hdr.sh_link = elf_section_data (s)->this_idx; |
| 1432 | break; |
| 1433 | } |
| 1434 | } |
| 1435 | |
| 1436 | return true; |
| 1437 | } |
| 1438 | |
| 1439 | /* Map symbol from it's internal number to the external number, moving |
| 1440 | all local symbols to be at the head of the list. */ |
| 1441 | |
| 1442 | static INLINE int |
| 1443 | sym_is_global (abfd, sym) |
| 1444 | bfd *abfd; |
| 1445 | asymbol *sym; |
| 1446 | { |
| 1447 | /* If the backend has a special mapping, use it. */ |
| 1448 | if (get_elf_backend_data (abfd)->elf_backend_sym_is_global) |
| 1449 | return ((*get_elf_backend_data (abfd)->elf_backend_sym_is_global) |
| 1450 | (abfd, sym)); |
| 1451 | |
| 1452 | return ((sym->flags & (BSF_GLOBAL | BSF_WEAK)) != 0 |
| 1453 | || bfd_is_und_section (bfd_get_section (sym)) |
| 1454 | || bfd_is_com_section (bfd_get_section (sym))); |
| 1455 | } |
| 1456 | |
| 1457 | static boolean |
| 1458 | elf_map_symbols (abfd) |
| 1459 | bfd *abfd; |
| 1460 | { |
| 1461 | int symcount = bfd_get_symcount (abfd); |
| 1462 | asymbol **syms = bfd_get_outsymbols (abfd); |
| 1463 | asymbol **sect_syms; |
| 1464 | int num_locals = 0; |
| 1465 | int num_globals = 0; |
| 1466 | int num_locals2 = 0; |
| 1467 | int num_globals2 = 0; |
| 1468 | int max_index = 0; |
| 1469 | int num_sections = 0; |
| 1470 | int idx; |
| 1471 | asection *asect; |
| 1472 | asymbol **new_syms; |
| 1473 | |
| 1474 | #ifdef DEBUG |
| 1475 | fprintf (stderr, "elf_map_symbols\n"); |
| 1476 | fflush (stderr); |
| 1477 | #endif |
| 1478 | |
| 1479 | /* Add a section symbol for each BFD section. FIXME: Is this really |
| 1480 | necessary? */ |
| 1481 | for (asect = abfd->sections; asect; asect = asect->next) |
| 1482 | { |
| 1483 | if (max_index < asect->index) |
| 1484 | max_index = asect->index; |
| 1485 | } |
| 1486 | |
| 1487 | max_index++; |
| 1488 | sect_syms = (asymbol **) bfd_zalloc (abfd, max_index * sizeof (asymbol *)); |
| 1489 | if (sect_syms == NULL) |
| 1490 | { |
| 1491 | bfd_set_error (bfd_error_no_memory); |
| 1492 | return false; |
| 1493 | } |
| 1494 | elf_section_syms (abfd) = sect_syms; |
| 1495 | |
| 1496 | for (idx = 0; idx < symcount; idx++) |
| 1497 | { |
| 1498 | if ((syms[idx]->flags & BSF_SECTION_SYM) != 0 |
| 1499 | && syms[idx]->value == 0) |
| 1500 | { |
| 1501 | asection *sec; |
| 1502 | |
| 1503 | sec = syms[idx]->section; |
| 1504 | if (sec->owner != NULL) |
| 1505 | { |
| 1506 | if (sec->owner != abfd) |
| 1507 | { |
| 1508 | if (sec->output_offset != 0) |
| 1509 | continue; |
| 1510 | sec = sec->output_section; |
| 1511 | BFD_ASSERT (sec->owner == abfd); |
| 1512 | } |
| 1513 | sect_syms[sec->index] = syms[idx]; |
| 1514 | } |
| 1515 | } |
| 1516 | } |
| 1517 | |
| 1518 | for (asect = abfd->sections; asect; asect = asect->next) |
| 1519 | { |
| 1520 | asymbol *sym; |
| 1521 | |
| 1522 | if (sect_syms[asect->index] != NULL) |
| 1523 | continue; |
| 1524 | |
| 1525 | sym = bfd_make_empty_symbol (abfd); |
| 1526 | if (sym == NULL) |
| 1527 | return false; |
| 1528 | sym->the_bfd = abfd; |
| 1529 | sym->name = asect->name; |
| 1530 | sym->value = 0; |
| 1531 | /* Set the flags to 0 to indicate that this one was newly added. */ |
| 1532 | sym->flags = 0; |
| 1533 | sym->section = asect; |
| 1534 | sect_syms[asect->index] = sym; |
| 1535 | num_sections++; |
| 1536 | #ifdef DEBUG |
| 1537 | fprintf (stderr, |
| 1538 | "creating section symbol, name = %s, value = 0x%.8lx, index = %d, section = 0x%.8lx\n", |
| 1539 | asect->name, (long) asect->vma, asect->index, (long) asect); |
| 1540 | #endif |
| 1541 | } |
| 1542 | |
| 1543 | /* Classify all of the symbols. */ |
| 1544 | for (idx = 0; idx < symcount; idx++) |
| 1545 | { |
| 1546 | if (!sym_is_global (abfd, syms[idx])) |
| 1547 | num_locals++; |
| 1548 | else |
| 1549 | num_globals++; |
| 1550 | } |
| 1551 | for (asect = abfd->sections; asect; asect = asect->next) |
| 1552 | { |
| 1553 | if (sect_syms[asect->index] != NULL |
| 1554 | && sect_syms[asect->index]->flags == 0) |
| 1555 | { |
| 1556 | sect_syms[asect->index]->flags = BSF_SECTION_SYM; |
| 1557 | if (!sym_is_global (abfd, sect_syms[asect->index])) |
| 1558 | num_locals++; |
| 1559 | else |
| 1560 | num_globals++; |
| 1561 | sect_syms[asect->index]->flags = 0; |
| 1562 | } |
| 1563 | } |
| 1564 | |
| 1565 | /* Now sort the symbols so the local symbols are first. */ |
| 1566 | new_syms = ((asymbol **) |
| 1567 | bfd_alloc (abfd, |
| 1568 | (num_locals + num_globals) * sizeof (asymbol *))); |
| 1569 | if (new_syms == NULL) |
| 1570 | { |
| 1571 | bfd_set_error (bfd_error_no_memory); |
| 1572 | return false; |
| 1573 | } |
| 1574 | |
| 1575 | for (idx = 0; idx < symcount; idx++) |
| 1576 | { |
| 1577 | asymbol *sym = syms[idx]; |
| 1578 | int i; |
| 1579 | |
| 1580 | if (!sym_is_global (abfd, sym)) |
| 1581 | i = num_locals2++; |
| 1582 | else |
| 1583 | i = num_locals + num_globals2++; |
| 1584 | new_syms[i] = sym; |
| 1585 | sym->udata.i = i + 1; |
| 1586 | } |
| 1587 | for (asect = abfd->sections; asect; asect = asect->next) |
| 1588 | { |
| 1589 | if (sect_syms[asect->index] != NULL |
| 1590 | && sect_syms[asect->index]->flags == 0) |
| 1591 | { |
| 1592 | asymbol *sym = sect_syms[asect->index]; |
| 1593 | int i; |
| 1594 | |
| 1595 | sym->flags = BSF_SECTION_SYM; |
| 1596 | if (!sym_is_global (abfd, sym)) |
| 1597 | i = num_locals2++; |
| 1598 | else |
| 1599 | i = num_locals + num_globals2++; |
| 1600 | new_syms[i] = sym; |
| 1601 | sym->udata.i = i + 1; |
| 1602 | } |
| 1603 | } |
| 1604 | |
| 1605 | bfd_set_symtab (abfd, new_syms, num_locals + num_globals); |
| 1606 | |
| 1607 | elf_num_locals (abfd) = num_locals; |
| 1608 | elf_num_globals (abfd) = num_globals; |
| 1609 | return true; |
| 1610 | } |
| 1611 | |
| 1612 | /* Compute the file positions we are going to put the sections at, and |
| 1613 | otherwise prepare to begin writing out the ELF file. If LINK_INFO |
| 1614 | is not NULL, this is being called by the ELF backend linker. */ |
| 1615 | |
| 1616 | static boolean |
| 1617 | elf_compute_section_file_positions (abfd, link_info) |
| 1618 | bfd *abfd; |
| 1619 | struct bfd_link_info *link_info; |
| 1620 | { |
| 1621 | struct elf_backend_data *bed = get_elf_backend_data (abfd); |
| 1622 | boolean failed; |
| 1623 | struct bfd_strtab_hash *strtab; |
| 1624 | Elf_Internal_Shdr *shstrtab_hdr; |
| 1625 | |
| 1626 | if (abfd->output_has_begun) |
| 1627 | return true; |
| 1628 | |
| 1629 | /* Do any elf backend specific processing first. */ |
| 1630 | if (bed->elf_backend_begin_write_processing) |
| 1631 | (*bed->elf_backend_begin_write_processing) (abfd, link_info); |
| 1632 | |
| 1633 | if (! prep_headers (abfd)) |
| 1634 | return false; |
| 1635 | |
| 1636 | failed = false; |
| 1637 | bfd_map_over_sections (abfd, elf_fake_sections, &failed); |
| 1638 | if (failed) |
| 1639 | return false; |
| 1640 | |
| 1641 | if (!assign_section_numbers (abfd)) |
| 1642 | return false; |
| 1643 | |
| 1644 | /* The backend linker builds symbol table information itself. */ |
| 1645 | if (link_info == NULL) |
| 1646 | { |
| 1647 | if (! swap_out_syms (abfd, &strtab)) |
| 1648 | return false; |
| 1649 | } |
| 1650 | |
| 1651 | shstrtab_hdr = &elf_tdata (abfd)->shstrtab_hdr; |
| 1652 | /* sh_name was set in prep_headers. */ |
| 1653 | shstrtab_hdr->sh_type = SHT_STRTAB; |
| 1654 | shstrtab_hdr->sh_flags = 0; |
| 1655 | shstrtab_hdr->sh_addr = 0; |
| 1656 | shstrtab_hdr->sh_size = _bfd_stringtab_size (elf_shstrtab (abfd)); |
| 1657 | shstrtab_hdr->sh_entsize = 0; |
| 1658 | shstrtab_hdr->sh_link = 0; |
| 1659 | shstrtab_hdr->sh_info = 0; |
| 1660 | /* sh_offset is set in assign_file_positions_for_symtabs_and_strtabs. */ |
| 1661 | shstrtab_hdr->sh_addralign = 1; |
| 1662 | |
| 1663 | if (!assign_file_positions_except_relocs (abfd, |
| 1664 | link_info == NULL ? true : false)) |
| 1665 | return false; |
| 1666 | |
| 1667 | if (link_info == NULL) |
| 1668 | { |
| 1669 | /* Now that we know where the .strtab section goes, write it |
| 1670 | out. */ |
| 1671 | if ((bfd_seek (abfd, elf_tdata (abfd)->strtab_hdr.sh_offset, SEEK_SET) |
| 1672 | != 0) |
| 1673 | || ! _bfd_stringtab_emit (abfd, strtab)) |
| 1674 | return false; |
| 1675 | _bfd_stringtab_free (strtab); |
| 1676 | } |
| 1677 | |
| 1678 | abfd->output_has_begun = true; |
| 1679 | |
| 1680 | return true; |
| 1681 | } |
| 1682 | |
| 1683 | |
| 1684 | /* Align to the maximum file alignment that could be required for any |
| 1685 | ELF data structure. */ |
| 1686 | |
| 1687 | static INLINE file_ptr |
| 1688 | align_file_position (off) |
| 1689 | file_ptr off; |
| 1690 | { |
| 1691 | return (off + FILE_ALIGN - 1) & ~(FILE_ALIGN - 1); |
| 1692 | } |
| 1693 | |
| 1694 | /* Assign a file position to a section, optionally aligning to the |
| 1695 | required section alignment. */ |
| 1696 | |
| 1697 | static INLINE file_ptr |
| 1698 | assign_file_position_for_section (i_shdrp, offset, align) |
| 1699 | Elf_Internal_Shdr *i_shdrp; |
| 1700 | file_ptr offset; |
| 1701 | boolean align; |
| 1702 | { |
| 1703 | if (align) |
| 1704 | { |
| 1705 | unsigned int al; |
| 1706 | |
| 1707 | al = i_shdrp->sh_addralign; |
| 1708 | if (al > 1) |
| 1709 | offset = BFD_ALIGN (offset, al); |
| 1710 | } |
| 1711 | i_shdrp->sh_offset = offset; |
| 1712 | if (i_shdrp->bfd_section != NULL) |
| 1713 | i_shdrp->bfd_section->filepos = offset; |
| 1714 | if (i_shdrp->sh_type != SHT_NOBITS) |
| 1715 | offset += i_shdrp->sh_size; |
| 1716 | return offset; |
| 1717 | } |
| 1718 | |
| 1719 | /* Get the size of the program header. |
| 1720 | |
| 1721 | SORTED_HDRS, if non-NULL, is an array of COUNT pointers to headers sorted |
| 1722 | by VMA. Non-allocated sections (!SHF_ALLOC) must appear last. All |
| 1723 | section VMAs and sizes are known so we can compute the correct value. |
| 1724 | (??? This may not be perfectly true. What cases do we miss?) |
| 1725 | |
| 1726 | If SORTED_HDRS is NULL we assume there are two segments: text and data |
| 1727 | (exclusive of .interp and .dynamic). |
| 1728 | |
| 1729 | If this is called by the linker before any of the section VMA's are set, it |
| 1730 | can't calculate the correct value for a strange memory layout. This only |
| 1731 | happens when SIZEOF_HEADERS is used in a linker script. In this case, |
| 1732 | SORTED_HDRS is NULL and we assume the normal scenario of one text and one |
| 1733 | data segment (exclusive of .interp and .dynamic). |
| 1734 | |
| 1735 | ??? User written scripts must either not use SIZEOF_HEADERS, or assume there |
| 1736 | will be two segments. */ |
| 1737 | |
| 1738 | static bfd_size_type |
| 1739 | get_program_header_size (abfd, sorted_hdrs, count, maxpagesize) |
| 1740 | bfd *abfd; |
| 1741 | Elf_Internal_Shdr **sorted_hdrs; |
| 1742 | unsigned int count; |
| 1743 | bfd_vma maxpagesize; |
| 1744 | { |
| 1745 | size_t segs; |
| 1746 | asection *s; |
| 1747 | |
| 1748 | /* We can't return a different result each time we're called. */ |
| 1749 | if (elf_tdata (abfd)->program_header_size != 0) |
| 1750 | return elf_tdata (abfd)->program_header_size; |
| 1751 | |
| 1752 | if (sorted_hdrs != NULL) |
| 1753 | { |
| 1754 | unsigned int i; |
| 1755 | unsigned int last_type; |
| 1756 | Elf_Internal_Shdr **hdrpp; |
| 1757 | /* What we think the current segment's offset is. */ |
| 1758 | bfd_vma p_offset; |
| 1759 | /* What we think the current segment's address is. */ |
| 1760 | bfd_vma p_vaddr; |
| 1761 | /* How big we think the current segment is. */ |
| 1762 | bfd_vma p_memsz; |
| 1763 | /* What we think the current file offset is. */ |
| 1764 | bfd_vma file_offset; |
| 1765 | bfd_vma next_offset; |
| 1766 | |
| 1767 | /* Scan the headers and compute the number of segments required. This |
| 1768 | code is intentionally similar to the code in map_program_segments. |
| 1769 | |
| 1770 | The `sh_offset' field isn't valid at this point, so we keep our own |
| 1771 | running total in `file_offset'. |
| 1772 | |
| 1773 | This works because section VMAs are already known. */ |
| 1774 | |
| 1775 | segs = 1; |
| 1776 | /* Make sure the first section goes in the first segment. */ |
| 1777 | file_offset = p_offset = sorted_hdrs[0]->sh_addr % maxpagesize; |
| 1778 | p_vaddr = sorted_hdrs[0]->sh_addr; |
| 1779 | p_memsz = 0; |
| 1780 | last_type = SHT_PROGBITS; |
| 1781 | |
| 1782 | for (i = 0, hdrpp = sorted_hdrs; i < count; i++, hdrpp++) |
| 1783 | { |
| 1784 | Elf_Internal_Shdr *hdr; |
| 1785 | |
| 1786 | hdr = *hdrpp; |
| 1787 | |
| 1788 | /* Ignore any section which will not be part of the process |
| 1789 | image. */ |
| 1790 | if ((hdr->sh_flags & SHF_ALLOC) == 0) |
| 1791 | continue; |
| 1792 | |
| 1793 | /* Keep track of where this and the next sections go. |
| 1794 | The section VMA must equal the file position modulo |
| 1795 | the page size. */ |
| 1796 | file_offset += (hdr->sh_addr - file_offset) % maxpagesize; |
| 1797 | next_offset = file_offset; |
| 1798 | if (hdr->sh_type != SHT_NOBITS) |
| 1799 | next_offset = file_offset + hdr->sh_size; |
| 1800 | |
| 1801 | /* If this section fits in the segment we are constructing, add |
| 1802 | it in. */ |
| 1803 | if ((file_offset - (p_offset + p_memsz) |
| 1804 | == hdr->sh_addr - (p_vaddr + p_memsz)) |
| 1805 | && (last_type != SHT_NOBITS || hdr->sh_type == SHT_NOBITS)) |
| 1806 | { |
| 1807 | bfd_size_type adjust; |
| 1808 | |
| 1809 | adjust = hdr->sh_addr - (p_vaddr + p_memsz); |
| 1810 | p_memsz += hdr->sh_size + adjust; |
| 1811 | file_offset = next_offset; |
| 1812 | last_type = hdr->sh_type; |
| 1813 | continue; |
| 1814 | } |
| 1815 | |
| 1816 | /* The section won't fit, start a new segment. */ |
| 1817 | ++segs; |
| 1818 | |
| 1819 | /* Initialize the segment. */ |
| 1820 | p_vaddr = hdr->sh_addr; |
| 1821 | p_memsz = hdr->sh_size; |
| 1822 | p_offset = file_offset; |
| 1823 | file_offset = next_offset; |
| 1824 | |
| 1825 | last_type = hdr->sh_type; |
| 1826 | } |
| 1827 | } |
| 1828 | else |
| 1829 | { |
| 1830 | /* Assume we will need exactly two PT_LOAD segments: one for text |
| 1831 | and one for data. */ |
| 1832 | segs = 2; |
| 1833 | } |
| 1834 | |
| 1835 | s = bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd, ".interp"); |
| 1836 | if (s != NULL && (s->flags & SEC_LOAD) != 0) |
| 1837 | { |
| 1838 | /* If we have a loadable interpreter section, we need a |
| 1839 | PT_INTERP segment. In this case, assume we also need a |
| 1840 | PT_PHDR segment, although that may not be true for all |
| 1841 | targets. */ |
| 1842 | segs += 2; |
| 1843 | } |
| 1844 | |
| 1845 | if (bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd, ".dynamic") != NULL) |
| 1846 | { |
| 1847 | /* We need a PT_DYNAMIC segment. */ |
| 1848 | ++segs; |
| 1849 | } |
| 1850 | |
| 1851 | elf_tdata (abfd)->program_header_size = segs * sizeof (Elf_External_Phdr); |
| 1852 | return elf_tdata (abfd)->program_header_size; |
| 1853 | } |
| 1854 | |
| 1855 | /* Create the program header. OFF is the file offset where the |
| 1856 | program header should be written. FIRST is the first loadable ELF |
| 1857 | section. SORTED_HDRS is the ELF sections sorted by section |
| 1858 | address. PHDR_SIZE is the size of the program header as returned |
| 1859 | by get_program_header_size. */ |
| 1860 | |
| 1861 | static file_ptr |
| 1862 | map_program_segments (abfd, off, first, sorted_hdrs, phdr_size) |
| 1863 | bfd *abfd; |
| 1864 | file_ptr off; |
| 1865 | Elf_Internal_Shdr *first; |
| 1866 | Elf_Internal_Shdr **sorted_hdrs; |
| 1867 | bfd_size_type phdr_size; |
| 1868 | { |
| 1869 | Elf_Internal_Phdr phdrs[10]; |
| 1870 | unsigned int phdr_count; |
| 1871 | Elf_Internal_Phdr *phdr; |
| 1872 | int phdr_size_adjust; |
| 1873 | unsigned int i; |
| 1874 | Elf_Internal_Shdr **hdrpp; |
| 1875 | asection *sinterp, *sdyn; |
| 1876 | unsigned int last_type; |
| 1877 | Elf_Internal_Ehdr *i_ehdrp; |
| 1878 | |
| 1879 | BFD_ASSERT ((abfd->flags & (EXEC_P | DYNAMIC)) != 0); |
| 1880 | BFD_ASSERT (phdr_size / sizeof (Elf_Internal_Phdr) |
| 1881 | <= sizeof phdrs / sizeof (phdrs[0])); |
| 1882 | |
| 1883 | phdr_count = 0; |
| 1884 | phdr = phdrs; |
| 1885 | |
| 1886 | phdr_size_adjust = 0; |
| 1887 | |
| 1888 | /* If we have a loadable .interp section, we must create a PT_INTERP |
| 1889 | segment which must precede all PT_LOAD segments. We assume that |
| 1890 | we must also create a PT_PHDR segment, although that may not be |
| 1891 | true for all targets. */ |
| 1892 | sinterp = bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd, ".interp"); |
| 1893 | if (sinterp != NULL && (sinterp->flags & SEC_LOAD) != 0) |
| 1894 | { |
| 1895 | BFD_ASSERT (first != NULL); |
| 1896 | |
| 1897 | phdr->p_type = PT_PHDR; |
| 1898 | |
| 1899 | phdr->p_offset = off; |
| 1900 | |
| 1901 | /* Account for any adjustment made because of the alignment of |
| 1902 | the first loadable section. */ |
| 1903 | phdr_size_adjust = (first->sh_offset - phdr_size) - off; |
| 1904 | BFD_ASSERT (phdr_size_adjust >= 0 && phdr_size_adjust < 128); |
| 1905 | |
| 1906 | /* The program header precedes all loadable sections. This lets |
| 1907 | us compute its loadable address. This depends on the linker |
| 1908 | script. */ |
| 1909 | phdr->p_vaddr = first->sh_addr - (phdr_size + phdr_size_adjust); |
| 1910 | |
| 1911 | phdr->p_paddr = 0; |
| 1912 | phdr->p_filesz = phdr_size; |
| 1913 | phdr->p_memsz = phdr_size; |
| 1914 | |
| 1915 | /* FIXME: UnixWare and Solaris set PF_X, Irix 5 does not. */ |
| 1916 | phdr->p_flags = PF_R | PF_X; |
| 1917 | |
| 1918 | phdr->p_align = FILE_ALIGN; |
| 1919 | BFD_ASSERT ((phdr->p_vaddr - phdr->p_offset) % FILE_ALIGN == 0); |
| 1920 | |
| 1921 | /* Include the ELF header in the first loadable segment. */ |
| 1922 | phdr_size_adjust += off; |
| 1923 | |
| 1924 | ++phdr_count; |
| 1925 | ++phdr; |
| 1926 | |
| 1927 | phdr->p_type = PT_INTERP; |
| 1928 | phdr->p_offset = sinterp->filepos; |
| 1929 | phdr->p_vaddr = sinterp->vma; |
| 1930 | phdr->p_paddr = 0; |
| 1931 | phdr->p_filesz = sinterp->_raw_size; |
| 1932 | phdr->p_memsz = sinterp->_raw_size; |
| 1933 | phdr->p_flags = PF_R; |
| 1934 | phdr->p_align = 1 << bfd_get_section_alignment (abfd, sinterp); |
| 1935 | |
| 1936 | ++phdr_count; |
| 1937 | ++phdr; |
| 1938 | } |
| 1939 | |
| 1940 | /* Look through the sections to see how they will be divided into |
| 1941 | program segments. The sections must be arranged in order by |
| 1942 | sh_addr for this to work correctly. */ |
| 1943 | phdr->p_type = PT_NULL; |
| 1944 | last_type = SHT_PROGBITS; |
| 1945 | for (i = 1, hdrpp = sorted_hdrs; |
| 1946 | i < elf_elfheader (abfd)->e_shnum; |
| 1947 | i++, hdrpp++) |
| 1948 | { |
| 1949 | Elf_Internal_Shdr *hdr; |
| 1950 | |
| 1951 | hdr = *hdrpp; |
| 1952 | |
| 1953 | /* Ignore any section which will not be part of the process |
| 1954 | image. */ |
| 1955 | if ((hdr->sh_flags & SHF_ALLOC) == 0) |
| 1956 | continue; |
| 1957 | |
| 1958 | /* If this section fits in the segment we are constructing, add |
| 1959 | it in. */ |
| 1960 | if (phdr->p_type != PT_NULL |
| 1961 | && (hdr->sh_offset - (phdr->p_offset + phdr->p_memsz) |
| 1962 | == hdr->sh_addr - (phdr->p_vaddr + phdr->p_memsz)) |
| 1963 | && (last_type != SHT_NOBITS || hdr->sh_type == SHT_NOBITS)) |
| 1964 | { |
| 1965 | bfd_size_type adjust; |
| 1966 | |
| 1967 | adjust = hdr->sh_addr - (phdr->p_vaddr + phdr->p_memsz); |
| 1968 | phdr->p_memsz += hdr->sh_size + adjust; |
| 1969 | if (hdr->sh_type != SHT_NOBITS) |
| 1970 | phdr->p_filesz += hdr->sh_size + adjust; |
| 1971 | if ((hdr->sh_flags & SHF_WRITE) != 0) |
| 1972 | phdr->p_flags |= PF_W; |
| 1973 | if ((hdr->sh_flags & SHF_EXECINSTR) != 0) |
| 1974 | phdr->p_flags |= PF_X; |
| 1975 | last_type = hdr->sh_type; |
| 1976 | continue; |
| 1977 | } |
| 1978 | |
| 1979 | /* The section won't fit, start a new segment. If we're already in one, |
| 1980 | move to the next one. */ |
| 1981 | if (phdr->p_type != PT_NULL) |
| 1982 | { |
| 1983 | ++phdr; |
| 1984 | ++phdr_count; |
| 1985 | } |
| 1986 | |
| 1987 | /* Initialize the segment. */ |
| 1988 | phdr->p_type = PT_LOAD; |
| 1989 | phdr->p_offset = hdr->sh_offset; |
| 1990 | phdr->p_vaddr = hdr->sh_addr; |
| 1991 | phdr->p_paddr = 0; |
| 1992 | if (hdr->sh_type == SHT_NOBITS) |
| 1993 | phdr->p_filesz = 0; |
| 1994 | else |
| 1995 | phdr->p_filesz = hdr->sh_size; |
| 1996 | phdr->p_memsz = hdr->sh_size; |
| 1997 | phdr->p_flags = PF_R; |
| 1998 | if ((hdr->sh_flags & SHF_WRITE) != 0) |
| 1999 | phdr->p_flags |= PF_W; |
| 2000 | if ((hdr->sh_flags & SHF_EXECINSTR) != 0) |
| 2001 | phdr->p_flags |= PF_X; |
| 2002 | phdr->p_align = get_elf_backend_data (abfd)->maxpagesize; |
| 2003 | |
| 2004 | if (hdr == first |
| 2005 | && sinterp != NULL |
| 2006 | && (sinterp->flags & SEC_LOAD) != 0) |
| 2007 | { |
| 2008 | phdr->p_offset -= phdr_size + phdr_size_adjust; |
| 2009 | phdr->p_vaddr -= phdr_size + phdr_size_adjust; |
| 2010 | phdr->p_filesz += phdr_size + phdr_size_adjust; |
| 2011 | phdr->p_memsz += phdr_size + phdr_size_adjust; |
| 2012 | } |
| 2013 | |
| 2014 | last_type = hdr->sh_type; |
| 2015 | } |
| 2016 | |
| 2017 | if (phdr->p_type != PT_NULL) |
| 2018 | { |
| 2019 | ++phdr; |
| 2020 | ++phdr_count; |
| 2021 | } |
| 2022 | |
| 2023 | /* If we have a .dynamic section, create a PT_DYNAMIC segment. */ |
| 2024 | sdyn = bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd, ".dynamic"); |
| 2025 | if (sdyn != NULL && (sdyn->flags & SEC_LOAD) != 0) |
| 2026 | { |
| 2027 | phdr->p_type = PT_DYNAMIC; |
| 2028 | phdr->p_offset = sdyn->filepos; |
| 2029 | phdr->p_vaddr = sdyn->vma; |
| 2030 | phdr->p_paddr = 0; |
| 2031 | phdr->p_filesz = sdyn->_raw_size; |
| 2032 | phdr->p_memsz = sdyn->_raw_size; |
| 2033 | phdr->p_flags = PF_R; |
| 2034 | if ((sdyn->flags & SEC_READONLY) == 0) |
| 2035 | phdr->p_flags |= PF_W; |
| 2036 | if ((sdyn->flags & SEC_CODE) != 0) |
| 2037 | phdr->p_flags |= PF_X; |
| 2038 | phdr->p_align = 1 << bfd_get_section_alignment (abfd, sdyn); |
| 2039 | |
| 2040 | ++phdr; |
| 2041 | ++phdr_count; |
| 2042 | } |
| 2043 | |
| 2044 | /* Make sure the return value from get_program_header_size matches |
| 2045 | what we computed here. Actually, it's OK if we allocated too |
| 2046 | much space in the program header. */ |
| 2047 | if (phdr_count > phdr_size / sizeof (Elf_External_Phdr)) |
| 2048 | { |
| 2049 | ((*_bfd_error_handler) |
| 2050 | ("%s: Not enough room for program headers (allocated %lu, need %u)", |
| 2051 | bfd_get_filename (abfd), |
| 2052 | (unsigned long) (phdr_size / sizeof (Elf_External_Phdr)), |
| 2053 | phdr_count)); |
| 2054 | bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value); |
| 2055 | return (file_ptr) -1; |
| 2056 | } |
| 2057 | |
| 2058 | /* Set up program header information. */ |
| 2059 | i_ehdrp = elf_elfheader (abfd); |
| 2060 | i_ehdrp->e_phentsize = sizeof (Elf_External_Phdr); |
| 2061 | i_ehdrp->e_phoff = off; |
| 2062 | i_ehdrp->e_phnum = phdr_count; |
| 2063 | |
| 2064 | /* Save the program headers away. I don't think anybody uses this |
| 2065 | information right now. */ |
| 2066 | elf_tdata (abfd)->phdr = ((Elf_Internal_Phdr *) |
| 2067 | bfd_alloc (abfd, |
| 2068 | (phdr_count |
| 2069 | * sizeof (Elf_Internal_Phdr)))); |
| 2070 | if (elf_tdata (abfd)->phdr == NULL && phdr_count != 0) |
| 2071 | { |
| 2072 | bfd_set_error (bfd_error_no_memory); |
| 2073 | return (file_ptr) -1; |
| 2074 | } |
| 2075 | memcpy (elf_tdata (abfd)->phdr, phdrs, |
| 2076 | phdr_count * sizeof (Elf_Internal_Phdr)); |
| 2077 | |
| 2078 | /* Write out the program headers. */ |
| 2079 | if (bfd_seek (abfd, off, SEEK_SET) != 0) |
| 2080 | return (file_ptr) -1; |
| 2081 | |
| 2082 | for (i = 0, phdr = phdrs; i < phdr_count; i++, phdr++) |
| 2083 | { |
| 2084 | Elf_External_Phdr extphdr; |
| 2085 | |
| 2086 | elf_swap_phdr_out (abfd, phdr, &extphdr); |
| 2087 | if (bfd_write (&extphdr, sizeof (Elf_External_Phdr), 1, abfd) |
| 2088 | != sizeof (Elf_External_Phdr)) |
| 2089 | return (file_ptr) -1; |
| 2090 | } |
| 2091 | |
| 2092 | return off + phdr_count * sizeof (Elf_External_Phdr); |
| 2093 | } |
| 2094 | |
| 2095 | /* Work out the file positions of all the sections. This is called by |
| 2096 | elf_compute_section_file_positions. All the section sizes and VMAs |
| 2097 | must be known before this is called. |
| 2098 | |
| 2099 | We do not consider reloc sections at this point, unless they form |
| 2100 | part of the loadable image. Reloc sections are assigned file |
| 2101 | positions in assign_file_positions_for_relocs, which is called by |
| 2102 | write_object_contents and final_link. |
| 2103 | |
| 2104 | If DOSYMS is false, we do not assign file positions for the symbol |
| 2105 | table or the string table. */ |
| 2106 | |
| 2107 | static boolean |
| 2108 | assign_file_positions_except_relocs (abfd, dosyms) |
| 2109 | bfd *abfd; |
| 2110 | boolean dosyms; |
| 2111 | { |
| 2112 | struct elf_obj_tdata * const tdata = elf_tdata (abfd); |
| 2113 | Elf_Internal_Ehdr * const i_ehdrp = elf_elfheader (abfd); |
| 2114 | Elf_Internal_Shdr ** const i_shdrpp = elf_elfsections (abfd); |
| 2115 | file_ptr off; |
| 2116 | |
| 2117 | /* Start after the ELF header. */ |
| 2118 | off = i_ehdrp->e_ehsize; |
| 2119 | |
| 2120 | if ((abfd->flags & (EXEC_P | DYNAMIC)) == 0) |
| 2121 | { |
| 2122 | Elf_Internal_Shdr **hdrpp; |
| 2123 | unsigned int i; |
| 2124 | |
| 2125 | /* We are not creating an executable, which means that we are |
| 2126 | not creating a program header, and that the actual order of |
| 2127 | the sections in the file is unimportant. */ |
| 2128 | for (i = 1, hdrpp = i_shdrpp + 1; i < i_ehdrp->e_shnum; i++, hdrpp++) |
| 2129 | { |
| 2130 | Elf_Internal_Shdr *hdr; |
| 2131 | |
| 2132 | hdr = *hdrpp; |
| 2133 | if (hdr->sh_type == SHT_REL || hdr->sh_type == SHT_RELA) |
| 2134 | { |
| 2135 | hdr->sh_offset = -1; |
| 2136 | continue; |
| 2137 | } |
| 2138 | if (! dosyms |
| 2139 | && (i == tdata->symtab_section |
| 2140 | || i == tdata->strtab_section)) |
| 2141 | { |
| 2142 | hdr->sh_offset = -1; |
| 2143 | continue; |
| 2144 | } |
| 2145 | |
| 2146 | off = assign_file_position_for_section (hdr, off, true); |
| 2147 | } |
| 2148 | } |
| 2149 | else |
| 2150 | { |
| 2151 | file_ptr phdr_off; |
| 2152 | bfd_size_type phdr_size; |
| 2153 | bfd_vma maxpagesize; |
| 2154 | size_t hdrppsize; |
| 2155 | Elf_Internal_Shdr **sorted_hdrs; |
| 2156 | Elf_Internal_Shdr **hdrpp; |
| 2157 | unsigned int i; |
| 2158 | Elf_Internal_Shdr *first; |
| 2159 | file_ptr phdr_map; |
| 2160 | |
| 2161 | /* We are creating an executable. */ |
| 2162 | |
| 2163 | maxpagesize = get_elf_backend_data (abfd)->maxpagesize; |
| 2164 | if (maxpagesize == 0) |
| 2165 | maxpagesize = 1; |
| 2166 | |
| 2167 | /* We must sort the sections. The GNU linker will always create |
| 2168 | the sections in an appropriate order, but the Irix 5 linker |
| 2169 | will not. We don't include the dummy first section in the |
| 2170 | sort. We sort sections which are not SHF_ALLOC to the end. */ |
| 2171 | hdrppsize = (i_ehdrp->e_shnum - 1) * sizeof (Elf_Internal_Shdr *); |
| 2172 | sorted_hdrs = (Elf_Internal_Shdr **) malloc (hdrppsize); |
| 2173 | if (sorted_hdrs == NULL) |
| 2174 | { |
| 2175 | bfd_set_error (bfd_error_no_memory); |
| 2176 | return false; |
| 2177 | } |
| 2178 | |
| 2179 | memcpy (sorted_hdrs, i_shdrpp + 1, hdrppsize); |
| 2180 | qsort (sorted_hdrs, i_ehdrp->e_shnum - 1, sizeof (Elf_Internal_Shdr *), |
| 2181 | elf_sort_hdrs); |
| 2182 | |
| 2183 | /* We can't actually create the program header until we have set the |
| 2184 | file positions for the sections, and we can't do that until we know |
| 2185 | how big the header is going to be. */ |
| 2186 | off = align_file_position (off); |
| 2187 | phdr_size = get_program_header_size (abfd, |
| 2188 | sorted_hdrs, i_ehdrp->e_shnum - 1, |
| 2189 | maxpagesize); |
| 2190 | if (phdr_size == (file_ptr) -1) |
| 2191 | return false; |
| 2192 | |
| 2193 | /* Compute the file offsets of each section. */ |
| 2194 | phdr_off = off; |
| 2195 | off += phdr_size; |
| 2196 | first = NULL; |
| 2197 | for (i = 1, hdrpp = sorted_hdrs; i < i_ehdrp->e_shnum; i++, hdrpp++) |
| 2198 | { |
| 2199 | Elf_Internal_Shdr *hdr; |
| 2200 | |
| 2201 | hdr = *hdrpp; |
| 2202 | if ((hdr->sh_flags & SHF_ALLOC) == 0) |
| 2203 | { |
| 2204 | if (hdr->sh_type == SHT_REL || hdr->sh_type == SHT_RELA) |
| 2205 | { |
| 2206 | hdr->sh_offset = -1; |
| 2207 | continue; |
| 2208 | } |
| 2209 | if (! dosyms |
| 2210 | && (hdr == i_shdrpp[tdata->symtab_section] |
| 2211 | || hdr == i_shdrpp[tdata->strtab_section])) |
| 2212 | { |
| 2213 | hdr->sh_offset = -1; |
| 2214 | continue; |
| 2215 | } |
| 2216 | } |
| 2217 | else |
| 2218 | { |
| 2219 | if (first == NULL) |
| 2220 | first = hdr; |
| 2221 | |
| 2222 | /* The section VMA must equal the file position modulo |
| 2223 | the page size. This is required by the program |
| 2224 | header. */ |
| 2225 | off += (hdr->sh_addr - off) % maxpagesize; |
| 2226 | } |
| 2227 | |
| 2228 | off = assign_file_position_for_section (hdr, off, false); |
| 2229 | } |
| 2230 | |
| 2231 | /* Create the program header. */ |
| 2232 | phdr_map = map_program_segments (abfd, phdr_off, first, sorted_hdrs, |
| 2233 | phdr_size); |
| 2234 | if (phdr_map == (file_ptr) -1) |
| 2235 | return false; |
| 2236 | BFD_ASSERT ((bfd_size_type) phdr_map <= (bfd_size_type) phdr_off + phdr_size); |
| 2237 | |
| 2238 | free (sorted_hdrs); |
| 2239 | } |
| 2240 | |
| 2241 | /* Place the section headers. */ |
| 2242 | off = align_file_position (off); |
| 2243 | i_ehdrp->e_shoff = off; |
| 2244 | off += i_ehdrp->e_shnum * i_ehdrp->e_shentsize; |
| 2245 | |
| 2246 | elf_tdata (abfd)->next_file_pos = off; |
| 2247 | |
| 2248 | return true; |
| 2249 | } |
| 2250 | |
| 2251 | /* Sort the ELF headers by VMA. We sort headers which are not |
| 2252 | SHF_ALLOC to the end. */ |
| 2253 | |
| 2254 | |
| 2255 | static int |
| 2256 | elf_sort_hdrs (arg1, arg2) |
| 2257 | const PTR arg1; |
| 2258 | const PTR arg2; |
| 2259 | { |
| 2260 | int ret; |
| 2261 | const Elf_Internal_Shdr *hdr1 = *(const Elf_Internal_Shdr **) arg1; |
| 2262 | const Elf_Internal_Shdr *hdr2 = *(const Elf_Internal_Shdr **) arg2; |
| 2263 | |
| 2264 | #define TOEND(x) (((x)->sh_flags & SHF_ALLOC)==0) |
| 2265 | |
| 2266 | if (TOEND (hdr1)) |
| 2267 | if (TOEND (hdr2)) |
| 2268 | return 0; |
| 2269 | else |
| 2270 | return 1; |
| 2271 | |
| 2272 | if (TOEND (hdr2)) |
| 2273 | return -1; |
| 2274 | |
| 2275 | if (hdr1->sh_addr < hdr2->sh_addr) |
| 2276 | return -1; |
| 2277 | else if (hdr1->sh_addr > hdr2->sh_addr) |
| 2278 | return 1; |
| 2279 | |
| 2280 | /* Put !SHT_NOBITS sections before SHT_NOBITS ones. |
| 2281 | The main loop in map_program_segments requires this. */ |
| 2282 | |
| 2283 | ret = (hdr1->sh_type == SHT_NOBITS) - (hdr2->sh_type == SHT_NOBITS); |
| 2284 | |
| 2285 | if (ret != 0) |
| 2286 | return ret; |
| 2287 | if (hdr1->sh_size < hdr2->sh_size) |
| 2288 | return -1; |
| 2289 | if (hdr1->sh_size > hdr2->sh_size) |
| 2290 | return 1; |
| 2291 | return 0; |
| 2292 | } |
| 2293 | |
| 2294 | |
| 2295 | |
| 2296 | static boolean |
| 2297 | prep_headers (abfd) |
| 2298 | bfd *abfd; |
| 2299 | { |
| 2300 | Elf_Internal_Ehdr *i_ehdrp; /* Elf file header, internal form */ |
| 2301 | Elf_Internal_Phdr *i_phdrp = 0; /* Program header table, internal form */ |
| 2302 | Elf_Internal_Shdr **i_shdrp; /* Section header table, internal form */ |
| 2303 | int count; |
| 2304 | struct bfd_strtab_hash *shstrtab; |
| 2305 | |
| 2306 | i_ehdrp = elf_elfheader (abfd); |
| 2307 | i_shdrp = elf_elfsections (abfd); |
| 2308 | |
| 2309 | shstrtab = elf_stringtab_init (); |
| 2310 | if (shstrtab == NULL) |
| 2311 | return false; |
| 2312 | |
| 2313 | elf_shstrtab (abfd) = shstrtab; |
| 2314 | |
| 2315 | i_ehdrp->e_ident[EI_MAG0] = ELFMAG0; |
| 2316 | i_ehdrp->e_ident[EI_MAG1] = ELFMAG1; |
| 2317 | i_ehdrp->e_ident[EI_MAG2] = ELFMAG2; |
| 2318 | i_ehdrp->e_ident[EI_MAG3] = ELFMAG3; |
| 2319 | |
| 2320 | i_ehdrp->e_ident[EI_CLASS] = ELFCLASS; |
| 2321 | i_ehdrp->e_ident[EI_DATA] = |
| 2322 | abfd->xvec->byteorder_big_p ? ELFDATA2MSB : ELFDATA2LSB; |
| 2323 | i_ehdrp->e_ident[EI_VERSION] = EV_CURRENT; |
| 2324 | |
| 2325 | for (count = EI_PAD; count < EI_NIDENT; count++) |
| 2326 | i_ehdrp->e_ident[count] = 0; |
| 2327 | |
| 2328 | if ((abfd->flags & DYNAMIC) != 0) |
| 2329 | i_ehdrp->e_type = ET_DYN; |
| 2330 | else if ((abfd->flags & EXEC_P) != 0) |
| 2331 | i_ehdrp->e_type = ET_EXEC; |
| 2332 | else |
| 2333 | i_ehdrp->e_type = ET_REL; |
| 2334 | |
| 2335 | switch (bfd_get_arch (abfd)) |
| 2336 | { |
| 2337 | case bfd_arch_unknown: |
| 2338 | i_ehdrp->e_machine = EM_NONE; |
| 2339 | break; |
| 2340 | case bfd_arch_sparc: |
| 2341 | #if ARCH_SIZE == 64 |
| 2342 | i_ehdrp->e_machine = EM_SPARC64; |
| 2343 | #else |
| 2344 | i_ehdrp->e_machine = EM_SPARC; |
| 2345 | #endif |
| 2346 | break; |
| 2347 | case bfd_arch_i386: |
| 2348 | i_ehdrp->e_machine = EM_386; |
| 2349 | break; |
| 2350 | case bfd_arch_m68k: |
| 2351 | i_ehdrp->e_machine = EM_68K; |
| 2352 | break; |
| 2353 | case bfd_arch_m88k: |
| 2354 | i_ehdrp->e_machine = EM_88K; |
| 2355 | break; |
| 2356 | case bfd_arch_i860: |
| 2357 | i_ehdrp->e_machine = EM_860; |
| 2358 | break; |
| 2359 | case bfd_arch_mips: /* MIPS Rxxxx */ |
| 2360 | i_ehdrp->e_machine = EM_MIPS; /* only MIPS R3000 */ |
| 2361 | break; |
| 2362 | case bfd_arch_hppa: |
| 2363 | i_ehdrp->e_machine = EM_PARISC; |
| 2364 | break; |
| 2365 | case bfd_arch_powerpc: |
| 2366 | i_ehdrp->e_machine = EM_PPC; |
| 2367 | break; |
| 2368 | /* start-sanitize-arc */ |
| 2369 | case bfd_arch_arc: |
| 2370 | i_ehdrp->e_machine = EM_CYGNUS_ARC; |
| 2371 | break; |
| 2372 | /* end-sanitize-arc */ |
| 2373 | /* also note that EM_M32, AT&T WE32100 is unknown to bfd */ |
| 2374 | default: |
| 2375 | i_ehdrp->e_machine = EM_NONE; |
| 2376 | } |
| 2377 | i_ehdrp->e_version = EV_CURRENT; |
| 2378 | i_ehdrp->e_ehsize = sizeof (Elf_External_Ehdr); |
| 2379 | |
| 2380 | /* no program header, for now. */ |
| 2381 | i_ehdrp->e_phoff = 0; |
| 2382 | i_ehdrp->e_phentsize = 0; |
| 2383 | i_ehdrp->e_phnum = 0; |
| 2384 | |
| 2385 | /* each bfd section is section header entry */ |
| 2386 | i_ehdrp->e_entry = bfd_get_start_address (abfd); |
| 2387 | i_ehdrp->e_shentsize = sizeof (Elf_External_Shdr); |
| 2388 | |
| 2389 | /* if we're building an executable, we'll need a program header table */ |
| 2390 | if (abfd->flags & EXEC_P) |
| 2391 | { |
| 2392 | /* it all happens later */ |
| 2393 | #if 0 |
| 2394 | i_ehdrp->e_phentsize = sizeof (Elf_External_Phdr); |
| 2395 | |
| 2396 | /* elf_build_phdrs() returns a (NULL-terminated) array of |
| 2397 | Elf_Internal_Phdrs */ |
| 2398 | i_phdrp = elf_build_phdrs (abfd, i_ehdrp, i_shdrp, &i_ehdrp->e_phnum); |
| 2399 | i_ehdrp->e_phoff = outbase; |
| 2400 | outbase += i_ehdrp->e_phentsize * i_ehdrp->e_phnum; |
| 2401 | #endif |
| 2402 | } |
| 2403 | else |
| 2404 | { |
| 2405 | i_ehdrp->e_phentsize = 0; |
| 2406 | i_phdrp = 0; |
| 2407 | i_ehdrp->e_phoff = 0; |
| 2408 | } |
| 2409 | |
| 2410 | elf_tdata (abfd)->symtab_hdr.sh_name = |
| 2411 | (unsigned int) _bfd_stringtab_add (shstrtab, ".symtab", true, false); |
| 2412 | elf_tdata (abfd)->strtab_hdr.sh_name = |
| 2413 | (unsigned int) _bfd_stringtab_add (shstrtab, ".strtab", true, false); |
| 2414 | elf_tdata (abfd)->shstrtab_hdr.sh_name = |
| 2415 | (unsigned int) _bfd_stringtab_add (shstrtab, ".shstrtab", true, false); |
| 2416 | if (elf_tdata (abfd)->symtab_hdr.sh_name == (unsigned int) -1 |
| 2417 | || elf_tdata (abfd)->symtab_hdr.sh_name == (unsigned int) -1 |
| 2418 | || elf_tdata (abfd)->shstrtab_hdr.sh_name == (unsigned int) -1) |
| 2419 | return false; |
| 2420 | |
| 2421 | return true; |
| 2422 | } |
| 2423 | |
| 2424 | static boolean |
| 2425 | swap_out_syms (abfd, sttp) |
| 2426 | bfd *abfd; |
| 2427 | struct bfd_strtab_hash **sttp; |
| 2428 | { |
| 2429 | if (!elf_map_symbols (abfd)) |
| 2430 | return false; |
| 2431 | |
| 2432 | /* Dump out the symtabs. */ |
| 2433 | { |
| 2434 | int symcount = bfd_get_symcount (abfd); |
| 2435 | asymbol **syms = bfd_get_outsymbols (abfd); |
| 2436 | struct bfd_strtab_hash *stt; |
| 2437 | Elf_Internal_Shdr *symtab_hdr; |
| 2438 | Elf_Internal_Shdr *symstrtab_hdr; |
| 2439 | Elf_External_Sym *outbound_syms; |
| 2440 | int idx; |
| 2441 | |
| 2442 | stt = elf_stringtab_init (); |
| 2443 | if (stt == NULL) |
| 2444 | return false; |
| 2445 | |
| 2446 | symtab_hdr = &elf_tdata (abfd)->symtab_hdr; |
| 2447 | symtab_hdr->sh_type = SHT_SYMTAB; |
| 2448 | symtab_hdr->sh_entsize = sizeof (Elf_External_Sym); |
| 2449 | symtab_hdr->sh_size = symtab_hdr->sh_entsize * (symcount + 1); |
| 2450 | symtab_hdr->sh_info = elf_num_locals (abfd) + 1; |
| 2451 | symtab_hdr->sh_addralign = FILE_ALIGN; |
| 2452 | |
| 2453 | symstrtab_hdr = &elf_tdata (abfd)->strtab_hdr; |
| 2454 | symstrtab_hdr->sh_type = SHT_STRTAB; |
| 2455 | |
| 2456 | outbound_syms = ((Elf_External_Sym *) |
| 2457 | bfd_alloc (abfd, |
| 2458 | (1 + symcount) * sizeof (Elf_External_Sym))); |
| 2459 | if (outbound_syms == NULL) |
| 2460 | { |
| 2461 | bfd_set_error (bfd_error_no_memory); |
| 2462 | return false; |
| 2463 | } |
| 2464 | symtab_hdr->contents = (PTR) outbound_syms; |
| 2465 | |
| 2466 | /* now generate the data (for "contents") */ |
| 2467 | { |
| 2468 | /* Fill in zeroth symbol and swap it out. */ |
| 2469 | Elf_Internal_Sym sym; |
| 2470 | sym.st_name = 0; |
| 2471 | sym.st_value = 0; |
| 2472 | sym.st_size = 0; |
| 2473 | sym.st_info = 0; |
| 2474 | sym.st_other = 0; |
| 2475 | sym.st_shndx = SHN_UNDEF; |
| 2476 | elf_swap_symbol_out (abfd, &sym, outbound_syms); |
| 2477 | ++outbound_syms; |
| 2478 | } |
| 2479 | for (idx = 0; idx < symcount; idx++) |
| 2480 | { |
| 2481 | Elf_Internal_Sym sym; |
| 2482 | bfd_vma value = syms[idx]->value; |
| 2483 | elf_symbol_type *type_ptr; |
| 2484 | flagword flags = syms[idx]->flags; |
| 2485 | |
| 2486 | if (flags & BSF_SECTION_SYM) |
| 2487 | /* Section symbols have no names. */ |
| 2488 | sym.st_name = 0; |
| 2489 | else |
| 2490 | { |
| 2491 | sym.st_name = (unsigned long) _bfd_stringtab_add (stt, |
| 2492 | syms[idx]->name, |
| 2493 | true, false); |
| 2494 | if (sym.st_name == (unsigned long) -1) |
| 2495 | return false; |
| 2496 | } |
| 2497 | |
| 2498 | type_ptr = elf_symbol_from (abfd, syms[idx]); |
| 2499 | |
| 2500 | if (bfd_is_com_section (syms[idx]->section)) |
| 2501 | { |
| 2502 | /* ELF common symbols put the alignment into the `value' field, |
| 2503 | and the size into the `size' field. This is backwards from |
| 2504 | how BFD handles it, so reverse it here. */ |
| 2505 | sym.st_size = value; |
| 2506 | if (type_ptr == NULL |
| 2507 | || type_ptr->internal_elf_sym.st_value == 0) |
| 2508 | sym.st_value = value >= 16 ? 16 : (1 << bfd_log2 (value)); |
| 2509 | else |
| 2510 | sym.st_value = type_ptr->internal_elf_sym.st_value; |
| 2511 | sym.st_shndx = elf_section_from_bfd_section (abfd, |
| 2512 | syms[idx]->section); |
| 2513 | } |
| 2514 | else |
| 2515 | { |
| 2516 | asection *sec = syms[idx]->section; |
| 2517 | int shndx; |
| 2518 | |
| 2519 | if (sec->output_section) |
| 2520 | { |
| 2521 | value += sec->output_offset; |
| 2522 | sec = sec->output_section; |
| 2523 | } |
| 2524 | value += sec->vma; |
| 2525 | sym.st_value = value; |
| 2526 | sym.st_size = type_ptr ? type_ptr->internal_elf_sym.st_size : 0; |
| 2527 | sym.st_shndx = shndx = elf_section_from_bfd_section (abfd, sec); |
| 2528 | if (shndx == -1) |
| 2529 | { |
| 2530 | asection *sec2; |
| 2531 | /* Writing this would be a hell of a lot easier if we had |
| 2532 | some decent documentation on bfd, and knew what to expect |
| 2533 | of the library, and what to demand of applications. For |
| 2534 | example, it appears that `objcopy' might not set the |
| 2535 | section of a symbol to be a section that is actually in |
| 2536 | the output file. */ |
| 2537 | sec2 = bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd, sec->name); |
| 2538 | BFD_ASSERT (sec2 != 0); |
| 2539 | sym.st_shndx = shndx = elf_section_from_bfd_section (abfd, sec2); |
| 2540 | BFD_ASSERT (shndx != -1); |
| 2541 | } |
| 2542 | } |
| 2543 | |
| 2544 | if (bfd_is_com_section (syms[idx]->section)) |
| 2545 | sym.st_info = ELF_ST_INFO (STB_GLOBAL, STT_OBJECT); |
| 2546 | else if (bfd_is_und_section (syms[idx]->section)) |
| 2547 | sym.st_info = ELF_ST_INFO (((flags & BSF_WEAK) |
| 2548 | ? STB_WEAK |
| 2549 | : STB_GLOBAL), |
| 2550 | ((flags & BSF_FUNCTION) |
| 2551 | ? STT_FUNC |
| 2552 | : STT_NOTYPE)); |
| 2553 | else if (flags & BSF_SECTION_SYM) |
| 2554 | sym.st_info = ELF_ST_INFO (STB_LOCAL, STT_SECTION); |
| 2555 | else if (flags & BSF_FILE) |
| 2556 | sym.st_info = ELF_ST_INFO (STB_LOCAL, STT_FILE); |
| 2557 | else |
| 2558 | { |
| 2559 | int bind = STB_LOCAL; |
| 2560 | int type = STT_OBJECT; |
| 2561 | |
| 2562 | if (flags & BSF_LOCAL) |
| 2563 | bind = STB_LOCAL; |
| 2564 | else if (flags & BSF_WEAK) |
| 2565 | bind = STB_WEAK; |
| 2566 | else if (flags & BSF_GLOBAL) |
| 2567 | bind = STB_GLOBAL; |
| 2568 | |
| 2569 | if (flags & BSF_FUNCTION) |
| 2570 | type = STT_FUNC; |
| 2571 | |
| 2572 | sym.st_info = ELF_ST_INFO (bind, type); |
| 2573 | } |
| 2574 | |
| 2575 | sym.st_other = 0; |
| 2576 | elf_swap_symbol_out (abfd, &sym, outbound_syms); |
| 2577 | ++outbound_syms; |
| 2578 | } |
| 2579 | |
| 2580 | *sttp = stt; |
| 2581 | symstrtab_hdr->sh_size = _bfd_stringtab_size (stt); |
| 2582 | symstrtab_hdr->sh_type = SHT_STRTAB; |
| 2583 | |
| 2584 | symstrtab_hdr->sh_flags = 0; |
| 2585 | symstrtab_hdr->sh_addr = 0; |
| 2586 | symstrtab_hdr->sh_entsize = 0; |
| 2587 | symstrtab_hdr->sh_link = 0; |
| 2588 | symstrtab_hdr->sh_info = 0; |
| 2589 | symstrtab_hdr->sh_addralign = 1; |
| 2590 | } |
| 2591 | |
| 2592 | return true; |
| 2593 | } |
| 2594 | |
| 2595 | static boolean |
| 2596 | write_shdrs_and_ehdr (abfd) |
| 2597 | bfd *abfd; |
| 2598 | { |
| 2599 | Elf_External_Ehdr x_ehdr; /* Elf file header, external form */ |
| 2600 | Elf_Internal_Ehdr *i_ehdrp; /* Elf file header, internal form */ |
| 2601 | Elf_External_Shdr *x_shdrp; /* Section header table, external form */ |
| 2602 | Elf_Internal_Shdr **i_shdrp; /* Section header table, internal form */ |
| 2603 | unsigned int count; |
| 2604 | |
| 2605 | i_ehdrp = elf_elfheader (abfd); |
| 2606 | i_shdrp = elf_elfsections (abfd); |
| 2607 | |
| 2608 | /* swap the header before spitting it out... */ |
| 2609 | |
| 2610 | #if DEBUG & 1 |
| 2611 | elf_debug_file (i_ehdrp); |
| 2612 | #endif |
| 2613 | elf_swap_ehdr_out (abfd, i_ehdrp, &x_ehdr); |
| 2614 | if (bfd_seek (abfd, (file_ptr) 0, SEEK_SET) != 0 |
| 2615 | || (bfd_write ((PTR) & x_ehdr, sizeof (x_ehdr), 1, abfd) |
| 2616 | != sizeof (x_ehdr))) |
| 2617 | return false; |
| 2618 | |
| 2619 | /* at this point we've concocted all the ELF sections... */ |
| 2620 | x_shdrp = (Elf_External_Shdr *) |
| 2621 | bfd_alloc (abfd, sizeof (*x_shdrp) * (i_ehdrp->e_shnum)); |
| 2622 | if (!x_shdrp) |
| 2623 | { |
| 2624 | bfd_set_error (bfd_error_no_memory); |
| 2625 | return false; |
| 2626 | } |
| 2627 | |
| 2628 | for (count = 0; count < i_ehdrp->e_shnum; count++) |
| 2629 | { |
| 2630 | #if DEBUG & 2 |
| 2631 | elf_debug_section (count, i_shdrp[count]); |
| 2632 | #endif |
| 2633 | elf_swap_shdr_out (abfd, i_shdrp[count], x_shdrp + count); |
| 2634 | } |
| 2635 | if (bfd_seek (abfd, (file_ptr) i_ehdrp->e_shoff, SEEK_SET) != 0 |
| 2636 | || (bfd_write ((PTR) x_shdrp, sizeof (*x_shdrp), i_ehdrp->e_shnum, abfd) |
| 2637 | != sizeof (*x_shdrp) * i_ehdrp->e_shnum)) |
| 2638 | return false; |
| 2639 | |
| 2640 | /* need to dump the string table too... */ |
| 2641 | |
| 2642 | return true; |
| 2643 | } |
| 2644 | |
| 2645 | /* Assign file positions for all the reloc sections which are not part |
| 2646 | of the loadable file image. */ |
| 2647 | |
| 2648 | static void |
| 2649 | assign_file_positions_for_relocs (abfd) |
| 2650 | bfd *abfd; |
| 2651 | { |
| 2652 | file_ptr off; |
| 2653 | unsigned int i; |
| 2654 | Elf_Internal_Shdr **shdrpp; |
| 2655 | |
| 2656 | off = elf_tdata (abfd)->next_file_pos; |
| 2657 | |
| 2658 | for (i = 1, shdrpp = elf_elfsections (abfd) + 1; |
| 2659 | i < elf_elfheader (abfd)->e_shnum; |
| 2660 | i++, shdrpp++) |
| 2661 | { |
| 2662 | Elf_Internal_Shdr *shdrp; |
| 2663 | |
| 2664 | shdrp = *shdrpp; |
| 2665 | if ((shdrp->sh_type == SHT_REL || shdrp->sh_type == SHT_RELA) |
| 2666 | && shdrp->sh_offset == -1) |
| 2667 | off = assign_file_position_for_section (shdrp, off, true); |
| 2668 | } |
| 2669 | |
| 2670 | elf_tdata (abfd)->next_file_pos = off; |
| 2671 | } |
| 2672 | |
| 2673 | boolean |
| 2674 | NAME(bfd_elf,write_object_contents) (abfd) |
| 2675 | bfd *abfd; |
| 2676 | { |
| 2677 | struct elf_backend_data *bed = get_elf_backend_data (abfd); |
| 2678 | Elf_Internal_Ehdr *i_ehdrp; |
| 2679 | Elf_Internal_Shdr **i_shdrp; |
| 2680 | boolean failed; |
| 2681 | unsigned int count; |
| 2682 | |
| 2683 | if (! abfd->output_has_begun |
| 2684 | && ! elf_compute_section_file_positions (abfd, |
| 2685 | (struct bfd_link_info *) NULL)) |
| 2686 | return false; |
| 2687 | |
| 2688 | i_shdrp = elf_elfsections (abfd); |
| 2689 | i_ehdrp = elf_elfheader (abfd); |
| 2690 | |
| 2691 | failed = false; |
| 2692 | bfd_map_over_sections (abfd, write_relocs, &failed); |
| 2693 | if (failed) |
| 2694 | return false; |
| 2695 | assign_file_positions_for_relocs (abfd); |
| 2696 | |
| 2697 | /* After writing the headers, we need to write the sections too... */ |
| 2698 | for (count = 1; count < i_ehdrp->e_shnum; count++) |
| 2699 | { |
| 2700 | if (bed->elf_backend_section_processing) |
| 2701 | (*bed->elf_backend_section_processing) (abfd, i_shdrp[count]); |
| 2702 | if (i_shdrp[count]->contents) |
| 2703 | { |
| 2704 | if (bfd_seek (abfd, i_shdrp[count]->sh_offset, SEEK_SET) != 0 |
| 2705 | || (bfd_write (i_shdrp[count]->contents, i_shdrp[count]->sh_size, |
| 2706 | 1, abfd) |
| 2707 | != i_shdrp[count]->sh_size)) |
| 2708 | return false; |
| 2709 | } |
| 2710 | } |
| 2711 | |
| 2712 | /* Write out the section header names. */ |
| 2713 | if (bfd_seek (abfd, elf_tdata (abfd)->shstrtab_hdr.sh_offset, SEEK_SET) != 0 |
| 2714 | || ! _bfd_stringtab_emit (abfd, elf_shstrtab (abfd))) |
| 2715 | return false; |
| 2716 | |
| 2717 | if (bed->elf_backend_final_write_processing) |
| 2718 | (*bed->elf_backend_final_write_processing) (abfd, |
| 2719 | elf_tdata (abfd)->linker); |
| 2720 | |
| 2721 | return write_shdrs_and_ehdr (abfd); |
| 2722 | } |
| 2723 | |
| 2724 | /* Given an ELF section number, retrieve the corresponding BFD |
| 2725 | section. */ |
| 2726 | |
| 2727 | static asection * |
| 2728 | section_from_elf_index (abfd, index) |
| 2729 | bfd *abfd; |
| 2730 | unsigned int index; |
| 2731 | { |
| 2732 | BFD_ASSERT (index > 0 && index < SHN_LORESERVE); |
| 2733 | if (index >= elf_elfheader (abfd)->e_shnum) |
| 2734 | return NULL; |
| 2735 | return elf_elfsections (abfd)[index]->bfd_section; |
| 2736 | } |
| 2737 | |
| 2738 | /* given a section, search the header to find them... */ |
| 2739 | static int |
| 2740 | elf_section_from_bfd_section (abfd, asect) |
| 2741 | bfd *abfd; |
| 2742 | struct sec *asect; |
| 2743 | { |
| 2744 | struct elf_backend_data *bed = get_elf_backend_data (abfd); |
| 2745 | Elf_Internal_Shdr **i_shdrp = elf_elfsections (abfd); |
| 2746 | int index; |
| 2747 | Elf_Internal_Shdr *hdr; |
| 2748 | int maxindex = elf_elfheader (abfd)->e_shnum; |
| 2749 | |
| 2750 | for (index = 0; index < maxindex; index++) |
| 2751 | { |
| 2752 | hdr = i_shdrp[index]; |
| 2753 | if (hdr->bfd_section == asect) |
| 2754 | return index; |
| 2755 | } |
| 2756 | |
| 2757 | if (bed->elf_backend_section_from_bfd_section) |
| 2758 | { |
| 2759 | for (index = 0; index < maxindex; index++) |
| 2760 | { |
| 2761 | int retval; |
| 2762 | |
| 2763 | hdr = i_shdrp[index]; |
| 2764 | retval = index; |
| 2765 | if ((*bed->elf_backend_section_from_bfd_section) |
| 2766 | (abfd, hdr, asect, &retval)) |
| 2767 | return retval; |
| 2768 | } |
| 2769 | } |
| 2770 | |
| 2771 | if (bfd_is_abs_section (asect)) |
| 2772 | return SHN_ABS; |
| 2773 | if (bfd_is_com_section (asect)) |
| 2774 | return SHN_COMMON; |
| 2775 | if (bfd_is_und_section (asect)) |
| 2776 | return SHN_UNDEF; |
| 2777 | |
| 2778 | return -1; |
| 2779 | } |
| 2780 | |
| 2781 | /* given a symbol, return the bfd index for that symbol. */ |
| 2782 | static int |
| 2783 | elf_symbol_from_bfd_symbol (abfd, asym_ptr_ptr) |
| 2784 | bfd *abfd; |
| 2785 | struct symbol_cache_entry **asym_ptr_ptr; |
| 2786 | { |
| 2787 | struct symbol_cache_entry *asym_ptr = *asym_ptr_ptr; |
| 2788 | int idx; |
| 2789 | flagword flags = asym_ptr->flags; |
| 2790 | |
| 2791 | /* When gas creates relocations against local labels, it creates its |
| 2792 | own symbol for the section, but does put the symbol into the |
| 2793 | symbol chain, so udata is 0. When the linker is generating |
| 2794 | relocatable output, this section symbol may be for one of the |
| 2795 | input sections rather than the output section. */ |
| 2796 | if (asym_ptr->udata.i == 0 |
| 2797 | && (flags & BSF_SECTION_SYM) |
| 2798 | && asym_ptr->section) |
| 2799 | { |
| 2800 | int indx; |
| 2801 | |
| 2802 | if (asym_ptr->section->output_section != NULL) |
| 2803 | indx = asym_ptr->section->output_section->index; |
| 2804 | else |
| 2805 | indx = asym_ptr->section->index; |
| 2806 | if (elf_section_syms (abfd)[indx]) |
| 2807 | asym_ptr->udata.i = elf_section_syms (abfd)[indx]->udata.i; |
| 2808 | } |
| 2809 | |
| 2810 | idx = asym_ptr->udata.i; |
| 2811 | BFD_ASSERT (idx != 0); |
| 2812 | |
| 2813 | #if DEBUG & 4 |
| 2814 | { |
| 2815 | |
| 2816 | fprintf (stderr, |
| 2817 | "elf_symbol_from_bfd_symbol 0x%.8lx, name = %s, sym num = %d, flags = 0x%.8lx%s\n", |
| 2818 | (long) asym_ptr, asym_ptr->name, idx, flags, elf_symbol_flags (flags)); |
| 2819 | fflush (stderr); |
| 2820 | } |
| 2821 | #endif |
| 2822 | |
| 2823 | return idx; |
| 2824 | } |
| 2825 | |
| 2826 | static long |
| 2827 | elf_slurp_symbol_table (abfd, symptrs, dynamic) |
| 2828 | bfd *abfd; |
| 2829 | asymbol **symptrs; /* Buffer for generated bfd symbols */ |
| 2830 | boolean dynamic; |
| 2831 | { |
| 2832 | Elf_Internal_Shdr *hdr; |
| 2833 | long symcount; /* Number of external ELF symbols */ |
| 2834 | elf_symbol_type *sym; /* Pointer to current bfd symbol */ |
| 2835 | elf_symbol_type *symbase; /* Buffer for generated bfd symbols */ |
| 2836 | Elf_Internal_Sym i_sym; |
| 2837 | Elf_External_Sym *x_symp = NULL; |
| 2838 | |
| 2839 | /* Read each raw ELF symbol, converting from external ELF form to |
| 2840 | internal ELF form, and then using the information to create a |
| 2841 | canonical bfd symbol table entry. |
| 2842 | |
| 2843 | Note that we allocate the initial bfd canonical symbol buffer |
| 2844 | based on a one-to-one mapping of the ELF symbols to canonical |
| 2845 | symbols. We actually use all the ELF symbols, so there will be no |
| 2846 | space left over at the end. When we have all the symbols, we |
| 2847 | build the caller's pointer vector. */ |
| 2848 | |
| 2849 | if (dynamic) |
| 2850 | hdr = &elf_tdata (abfd)->dynsymtab_hdr; |
| 2851 | else |
| 2852 | hdr = &elf_tdata (abfd)->symtab_hdr; |
| 2853 | if (bfd_seek (abfd, hdr->sh_offset, SEEK_SET) == -1) |
| 2854 | return -1; |
| 2855 | |
| 2856 | symcount = hdr->sh_size / sizeof (Elf_External_Sym); |
| 2857 | |
| 2858 | if (symcount == 0) |
| 2859 | sym = symbase = NULL; |
| 2860 | else |
| 2861 | { |
| 2862 | long i; |
| 2863 | |
| 2864 | if (bfd_seek (abfd, hdr->sh_offset, SEEK_SET) == -1) |
| 2865 | return -1; |
| 2866 | |
| 2867 | symbase = ((elf_symbol_type *) |
| 2868 | bfd_zalloc (abfd, symcount * sizeof (elf_symbol_type))); |
| 2869 | if (symbase == (elf_symbol_type *) NULL) |
| 2870 | { |
| 2871 | bfd_set_error (bfd_error_no_memory); |
| 2872 | return -1; |
| 2873 | } |
| 2874 | sym = symbase; |
| 2875 | |
| 2876 | /* Temporarily allocate room for the raw ELF symbols. */ |
| 2877 | x_symp = ((Elf_External_Sym *) |
| 2878 | malloc (symcount * sizeof (Elf_External_Sym))); |
| 2879 | if (x_symp == NULL && symcount != 0) |
| 2880 | { |
| 2881 | bfd_set_error (bfd_error_no_memory); |
| 2882 | goto error_return; |
| 2883 | } |
| 2884 | |
| 2885 | if (bfd_read ((PTR) x_symp, sizeof (Elf_External_Sym), symcount, abfd) |
| 2886 | != symcount * sizeof (Elf_External_Sym)) |
| 2887 | goto error_return; |
| 2888 | /* Skip first symbol, which is a null dummy. */ |
| 2889 | for (i = 1; i < symcount; i++) |
| 2890 | { |
| 2891 | elf_swap_symbol_in (abfd, x_symp + i, &i_sym); |
| 2892 | memcpy (&sym->internal_elf_sym, &i_sym, sizeof (Elf_Internal_Sym)); |
| 2893 | #ifdef ELF_KEEP_EXTSYM |
| 2894 | memcpy (&sym->native_elf_sym, x_symp + i, sizeof (Elf_External_Sym)); |
| 2895 | #endif |
| 2896 | sym->symbol.the_bfd = abfd; |
| 2897 | |
| 2898 | sym->symbol.name = elf_string_from_elf_section (abfd, hdr->sh_link, |
| 2899 | i_sym.st_name); |
| 2900 | |
| 2901 | sym->symbol.value = i_sym.st_value; |
| 2902 | |
| 2903 | if (i_sym.st_shndx > 0 && i_sym.st_shndx < SHN_LORESERVE) |
| 2904 | { |
| 2905 | sym->symbol.section = section_from_elf_index (abfd, |
| 2906 | i_sym.st_shndx); |
| 2907 | if (sym->symbol.section == NULL) |
| 2908 | { |
| 2909 | /* This symbol is in a section for which we did not |
| 2910 | create a BFD section. Just use bfd_abs_section, |
| 2911 | although it is wrong. FIXME. */ |
| 2912 | sym->symbol.section = bfd_abs_section_ptr; |
| 2913 | } |
| 2914 | } |
| 2915 | else if (i_sym.st_shndx == SHN_ABS) |
| 2916 | { |
| 2917 | sym->symbol.section = bfd_abs_section_ptr; |
| 2918 | } |
| 2919 | else if (i_sym.st_shndx == SHN_COMMON) |
| 2920 | { |
| 2921 | sym->symbol.section = bfd_com_section_ptr; |
| 2922 | /* Elf puts the alignment into the `value' field, and |
| 2923 | the size into the `size' field. BFD wants to see the |
| 2924 | size in the value field, and doesn't care (at the |
| 2925 | moment) about the alignment. */ |
| 2926 | sym->symbol.value = i_sym.st_size; |
| 2927 | } |
| 2928 | else if (i_sym.st_shndx == SHN_UNDEF) |
| 2929 | { |
| 2930 | sym->symbol.section = bfd_und_section_ptr; |
| 2931 | } |
| 2932 | else |
| 2933 | sym->symbol.section = bfd_abs_section_ptr; |
| 2934 | |
| 2935 | sym->symbol.value -= sym->symbol.section->vma; |
| 2936 | |
| 2937 | switch (ELF_ST_BIND (i_sym.st_info)) |
| 2938 | { |
| 2939 | case STB_LOCAL: |
| 2940 | sym->symbol.flags |= BSF_LOCAL; |
| 2941 | break; |
| 2942 | case STB_GLOBAL: |
| 2943 | if (i_sym.st_shndx != SHN_UNDEF |
| 2944 | && i_sym.st_shndx != SHN_COMMON) |
| 2945 | sym->symbol.flags |= BSF_GLOBAL; |
| 2946 | break; |
| 2947 | case STB_WEAK: |
| 2948 | sym->symbol.flags |= BSF_WEAK; |
| 2949 | break; |
| 2950 | } |
| 2951 | |
| 2952 | switch (ELF_ST_TYPE (i_sym.st_info)) |
| 2953 | { |
| 2954 | case STT_SECTION: |
| 2955 | sym->symbol.flags |= BSF_SECTION_SYM | BSF_DEBUGGING; |
| 2956 | break; |
| 2957 | case STT_FILE: |
| 2958 | sym->symbol.flags |= BSF_FILE | BSF_DEBUGGING; |
| 2959 | break; |
| 2960 | case STT_FUNC: |
| 2961 | sym->symbol.flags |= BSF_FUNCTION; |
| 2962 | break; |
| 2963 | } |
| 2964 | |
| 2965 | if (dynamic) |
| 2966 | sym->symbol.flags |= BSF_DYNAMIC; |
| 2967 | |
| 2968 | /* Do some backend-specific processing on this symbol. */ |
| 2969 | { |
| 2970 | struct elf_backend_data *ebd = get_elf_backend_data (abfd); |
| 2971 | if (ebd->elf_backend_symbol_processing) |
| 2972 | (*ebd->elf_backend_symbol_processing) (abfd, &sym->symbol); |
| 2973 | } |
| 2974 | |
| 2975 | sym++; |
| 2976 | } |
| 2977 | } |
| 2978 | |
| 2979 | /* Do some backend-specific processing on this symbol table. */ |
| 2980 | { |
| 2981 | struct elf_backend_data *ebd = get_elf_backend_data (abfd); |
| 2982 | if (ebd->elf_backend_symbol_table_processing) |
| 2983 | (*ebd->elf_backend_symbol_table_processing) (abfd, symbase, symcount); |
| 2984 | } |
| 2985 | |
| 2986 | /* We rely on the zalloc to clear out the final symbol entry. */ |
| 2987 | |
| 2988 | symcount = sym - symbase; |
| 2989 | |
| 2990 | /* Fill in the user's symbol pointer vector if needed. */ |
| 2991 | if (symptrs) |
| 2992 | { |
| 2993 | long l = symcount; |
| 2994 | |
| 2995 | sym = symbase; |
| 2996 | while (l-- > 0) |
| 2997 | { |
| 2998 | *symptrs++ = &sym->symbol; |
| 2999 | sym++; |
| 3000 | } |
| 3001 | *symptrs = 0; /* Final null pointer */ |
| 3002 | } |
| 3003 | |
| 3004 | if (x_symp != NULL) |
| 3005 | free (x_symp); |
| 3006 | return symcount; |
| 3007 | error_return: |
| 3008 | if (x_symp != NULL) |
| 3009 | free (x_symp); |
| 3010 | return -1; |
| 3011 | } |
| 3012 | |
| 3013 | /* Return the number of bytes required to hold the symtab vector. |
| 3014 | |
| 3015 | Note that we base it on the count plus 1, since we will null terminate |
| 3016 | the vector allocated based on this size. However, the ELF symbol table |
| 3017 | always has a dummy entry as symbol #0, so it ends up even. */ |
| 3018 | |
| 3019 | long |
| 3020 | elf_get_symtab_upper_bound (abfd) |
| 3021 | bfd *abfd; |
| 3022 | { |
| 3023 | long symcount; |
| 3024 | long symtab_size; |
| 3025 | Elf_Internal_Shdr *hdr = &elf_tdata (abfd)->symtab_hdr; |
| 3026 | |
| 3027 | symcount = hdr->sh_size / sizeof (Elf_External_Sym); |
| 3028 | symtab_size = (symcount - 1 + 1) * (sizeof (asymbol *)); |
| 3029 | |
| 3030 | return symtab_size; |
| 3031 | } |
| 3032 | |
| 3033 | long |
| 3034 | elf_get_dynamic_symtab_upper_bound (abfd) |
| 3035 | bfd *abfd; |
| 3036 | { |
| 3037 | long symcount; |
| 3038 | long symtab_size; |
| 3039 | Elf_Internal_Shdr *hdr = &elf_tdata (abfd)->dynsymtab_hdr; |
| 3040 | |
| 3041 | if (elf_dynsymtab (abfd) == 0) |
| 3042 | { |
| 3043 | bfd_set_error (bfd_error_invalid_operation); |
| 3044 | return -1; |
| 3045 | } |
| 3046 | |
| 3047 | symcount = hdr->sh_size / sizeof (Elf_External_Sym); |
| 3048 | symtab_size = (symcount - 1 + 1) * (sizeof (asymbol *)); |
| 3049 | |
| 3050 | return symtab_size; |
| 3051 | } |
| 3052 | |
| 3053 | long |
| 3054 | elf_get_reloc_upper_bound (abfd, asect) |
| 3055 | bfd *abfd; |
| 3056 | sec_ptr asect; |
| 3057 | { |
| 3058 | return (asect->reloc_count + 1) * sizeof (arelent *); |
| 3059 | } |
| 3060 | |
| 3061 | /* Read in and swap the external relocs. */ |
| 3062 | |
| 3063 | static boolean |
| 3064 | elf_slurp_reloc_table (abfd, asect, symbols) |
| 3065 | bfd *abfd; |
| 3066 | asection *asect; |
| 3067 | asymbol **symbols; |
| 3068 | { |
| 3069 | struct elf_backend_data * const ebd = get_elf_backend_data (abfd); |
| 3070 | struct bfd_elf_section_data * const d = elf_section_data (asect); |
| 3071 | PTR allocated = NULL; |
| 3072 | bfd_byte *native_relocs; |
| 3073 | arelent *relents; |
| 3074 | arelent *relent; |
| 3075 | unsigned int i; |
| 3076 | int entsize; |
| 3077 | |
| 3078 | if (asect->relocation != NULL |
| 3079 | || (asect->flags & SEC_RELOC) == 0 |
| 3080 | || asect->reloc_count == 0) |
| 3081 | return true; |
| 3082 | |
| 3083 | BFD_ASSERT (asect->rel_filepos == d->rel_hdr.sh_offset |
| 3084 | && (asect->reloc_count |
| 3085 | == d->rel_hdr.sh_size / d->rel_hdr.sh_entsize)); |
| 3086 | |
| 3087 | allocated = (PTR) malloc (d->rel_hdr.sh_size); |
| 3088 | if (allocated == NULL) |
| 3089 | { |
| 3090 | bfd_set_error (bfd_error_no_memory); |
| 3091 | goto error_return; |
| 3092 | } |
| 3093 | |
| 3094 | if (bfd_seek (abfd, asect->rel_filepos, SEEK_SET) != 0 |
| 3095 | || (bfd_read (allocated, 1, d->rel_hdr.sh_size, abfd) |
| 3096 | != d->rel_hdr.sh_size)) |
| 3097 | goto error_return; |
| 3098 | |
| 3099 | native_relocs = (bfd_byte *) allocated; |
| 3100 | |
| 3101 | relents = ((arelent *) |
| 3102 | bfd_alloc (abfd, asect->reloc_count * sizeof (arelent))); |
| 3103 | if (relents == NULL) |
| 3104 | { |
| 3105 | bfd_set_error (bfd_error_no_memory); |
| 3106 | goto error_return; |
| 3107 | } |
| 3108 | |
| 3109 | entsize = d->rel_hdr.sh_entsize; |
| 3110 | BFD_ASSERT (entsize == sizeof (Elf_External_Rel) |
| 3111 | || entsize == sizeof (Elf_External_Rela)); |
| 3112 | |
| 3113 | for (i = 0, relent = relents; |
| 3114 | i < asect->reloc_count; |
| 3115 | i++, relent++, native_relocs += entsize) |
| 3116 | { |
| 3117 | Elf_Internal_Rela rela; |
| 3118 | Elf_Internal_Rel rel; |
| 3119 | |
| 3120 | if (entsize == sizeof (Elf_External_Rela)) |
| 3121 | elf_swap_reloca_in (abfd, (Elf_External_Rela *) native_relocs, &rela); |
| 3122 | else |
| 3123 | { |
| 3124 | elf_swap_reloc_in (abfd, (Elf_External_Rel *) native_relocs, &rel); |
| 3125 | rela.r_offset = rel.r_offset; |
| 3126 | rela.r_info = rel.r_info; |
| 3127 | rela.r_addend = 0; |
| 3128 | } |
| 3129 | |
| 3130 | /* The address of an ELF reloc is section relative for an object |
| 3131 | file, and absolute for an executable file or shared library. |
| 3132 | The address of a BFD reloc is always section relative. */ |
| 3133 | if ((abfd->flags & (EXEC_P | DYNAMIC)) == 0) |
| 3134 | relent->address = rela.r_offset; |
| 3135 | else |
| 3136 | relent->address = rela.r_offset - asect->vma; |
| 3137 | |
| 3138 | if (ELF_R_SYM (rela.r_info) == 0) |
| 3139 | relent->sym_ptr_ptr = bfd_abs_section_ptr->symbol_ptr_ptr; |
| 3140 | else |
| 3141 | { |
| 3142 | asymbol **ps, *s; |
| 3143 | |
| 3144 | ps = symbols + ELF_R_SYM (rela.r_info) - 1; |
| 3145 | s = *ps; |
| 3146 | |
| 3147 | /* Canonicalize ELF section symbols. FIXME: Why? */ |
| 3148 | if ((s->flags & BSF_SECTION_SYM) == 0) |
| 3149 | relent->sym_ptr_ptr = ps; |
| 3150 | else |
| 3151 | relent->sym_ptr_ptr = s->section->symbol_ptr_ptr; |
| 3152 | } |
| 3153 | |
| 3154 | relent->addend = rela.r_addend; |
| 3155 | |
| 3156 | if (entsize == sizeof (Elf_External_Rela)) |
| 3157 | (*ebd->elf_info_to_howto) (abfd, relent, &rela); |
| 3158 | else |
| 3159 | (*ebd->elf_info_to_howto_rel) (abfd, relent, &rel); |
| 3160 | } |
| 3161 | |
| 3162 | asect->relocation = relents; |
| 3163 | |
| 3164 | if (allocated != NULL) |
| 3165 | free (allocated); |
| 3166 | |
| 3167 | return true; |
| 3168 | |
| 3169 | error_return: |
| 3170 | if (allocated != NULL) |
| 3171 | free (allocated); |
| 3172 | return false; |
| 3173 | } |
| 3174 | |
| 3175 | #ifdef DEBUG |
| 3176 | static void |
| 3177 | elf_debug_section (num, hdr) |
| 3178 | int num; |
| 3179 | Elf_Internal_Shdr *hdr; |
| 3180 | { |
| 3181 | fprintf (stderr, "\nSection#%d '%s' 0x%.8lx\n", num, |
| 3182 | hdr->bfd_section != NULL ? hdr->bfd_section->name : "", |
| 3183 | (long) hdr); |
| 3184 | fprintf (stderr, |
| 3185 | "sh_name = %ld\tsh_type = %ld\tsh_flags = %ld\n", |
| 3186 | (long) hdr->sh_name, |
| 3187 | (long) hdr->sh_type, |
| 3188 | (long) hdr->sh_flags); |
| 3189 | fprintf (stderr, |
| 3190 | "sh_addr = %ld\tsh_offset = %ld\tsh_size = %ld\n", |
| 3191 | (long) hdr->sh_addr, |
| 3192 | (long) hdr->sh_offset, |
| 3193 | (long) hdr->sh_size); |
| 3194 | fprintf (stderr, |
| 3195 | "sh_link = %ld\tsh_info = %ld\tsh_addralign = %ld\n", |
| 3196 | (long) hdr->sh_link, |
| 3197 | (long) hdr->sh_info, |
| 3198 | (long) hdr->sh_addralign); |
| 3199 | fprintf (stderr, "sh_entsize = %ld\n", |
| 3200 | (long) hdr->sh_entsize); |
| 3201 | fflush (stderr); |
| 3202 | } |
| 3203 | |
| 3204 | static void |
| 3205 | elf_debug_file (ehdrp) |
| 3206 | Elf_Internal_Ehdr *ehdrp; |
| 3207 | { |
| 3208 | fprintf (stderr, "e_entry = 0x%.8lx\n", (long) ehdrp->e_entry); |
| 3209 | fprintf (stderr, "e_phoff = %ld\n", (long) ehdrp->e_phoff); |
| 3210 | fprintf (stderr, "e_phnum = %ld\n", (long) ehdrp->e_phnum); |
| 3211 | fprintf (stderr, "e_phentsize = %ld\n", (long) ehdrp->e_phentsize); |
| 3212 | fprintf (stderr, "e_shoff = %ld\n", (long) ehdrp->e_shoff); |
| 3213 | fprintf (stderr, "e_shnum = %ld\n", (long) ehdrp->e_shnum); |
| 3214 | fprintf (stderr, "e_shentsize = %ld\n", (long) ehdrp->e_shentsize); |
| 3215 | } |
| 3216 | |
| 3217 | static char * |
| 3218 | elf_symbol_flags (flags) |
| 3219 | flagword flags; |
| 3220 | { |
| 3221 | static char buffer[1024]; |
| 3222 | |
| 3223 | buffer[0] = '\0'; |
| 3224 | if (flags & BSF_LOCAL) |
| 3225 | strcat (buffer, " local"); |
| 3226 | |
| 3227 | if (flags & BSF_GLOBAL) |
| 3228 | strcat (buffer, " global"); |
| 3229 | |
| 3230 | if (flags & BSF_DEBUGGING) |
| 3231 | strcat (buffer, " debug"); |
| 3232 | |
| 3233 | if (flags & BSF_FUNCTION) |
| 3234 | strcat (buffer, " function"); |
| 3235 | |
| 3236 | if (flags & BSF_KEEP) |
| 3237 | strcat (buffer, " keep"); |
| 3238 | |
| 3239 | if (flags & BSF_KEEP_G) |
| 3240 | strcat (buffer, " keep_g"); |
| 3241 | |
| 3242 | if (flags & BSF_WEAK) |
| 3243 | strcat (buffer, " weak"); |
| 3244 | |
| 3245 | if (flags & BSF_SECTION_SYM) |
| 3246 | strcat (buffer, " section-sym"); |
| 3247 | |
| 3248 | if (flags & BSF_OLD_COMMON) |
| 3249 | strcat (buffer, " old-common"); |
| 3250 | |
| 3251 | if (flags & BSF_NOT_AT_END) |
| 3252 | strcat (buffer, " not-at-end"); |
| 3253 | |
| 3254 | if (flags & BSF_CONSTRUCTOR) |
| 3255 | strcat (buffer, " constructor"); |
| 3256 | |
| 3257 | if (flags & BSF_WARNING) |
| 3258 | strcat (buffer, " warning"); |
| 3259 | |
| 3260 | if (flags & BSF_INDIRECT) |
| 3261 | strcat (buffer, " indirect"); |
| 3262 | |
| 3263 | if (flags & BSF_FILE) |
| 3264 | strcat (buffer, " file"); |
| 3265 | |
| 3266 | if (flags & DYNAMIC) |
| 3267 | strcat (buffer, " dynamic"); |
| 3268 | |
| 3269 | if (flags & ~(BSF_LOCAL |
| 3270 | | BSF_GLOBAL |
| 3271 | | BSF_DEBUGGING |
| 3272 | | BSF_FUNCTION |
| 3273 | | BSF_KEEP |
| 3274 | | BSF_KEEP_G |
| 3275 | | BSF_WEAK |
| 3276 | | BSF_SECTION_SYM |
| 3277 | | BSF_OLD_COMMON |
| 3278 | | BSF_NOT_AT_END |
| 3279 | | BSF_CONSTRUCTOR |
| 3280 | | BSF_WARNING |
| 3281 | | BSF_INDIRECT |
| 3282 | | BSF_FILE |
| 3283 | | BSF_DYNAMIC)) |
| 3284 | strcat (buffer, " unknown-bits"); |
| 3285 | |
| 3286 | return buffer; |
| 3287 | } |
| 3288 | #endif |
| 3289 | |
| 3290 | /* Canonicalize the relocs. */ |
| 3291 | |
| 3292 | long |
| 3293 | elf_canonicalize_reloc (abfd, section, relptr, symbols) |
| 3294 | bfd *abfd; |
| 3295 | sec_ptr section; |
| 3296 | arelent **relptr; |
| 3297 | asymbol **symbols; |
| 3298 | { |
| 3299 | arelent *tblptr; |
| 3300 | unsigned int i; |
| 3301 | |
| 3302 | if (! elf_slurp_reloc_table (abfd, section, symbols)) |
| 3303 | return -1; |
| 3304 | |
| 3305 | tblptr = section->relocation; |
| 3306 | for (i = 0; i < section->reloc_count; i++) |
| 3307 | *relptr++ = tblptr++; |
| 3308 | |
| 3309 | *relptr = NULL; |
| 3310 | |
| 3311 | return section->reloc_count; |
| 3312 | } |
| 3313 | |
| 3314 | long |
| 3315 | elf_get_symtab (abfd, alocation) |
| 3316 | bfd *abfd; |
| 3317 | asymbol **alocation; |
| 3318 | { |
| 3319 | long symcount = elf_slurp_symbol_table (abfd, alocation, false); |
| 3320 | |
| 3321 | if (symcount >= 0) |
| 3322 | bfd_get_symcount (abfd) = symcount; |
| 3323 | return symcount; |
| 3324 | } |
| 3325 | |
| 3326 | long |
| 3327 | elf_canonicalize_dynamic_symtab (abfd, alocation) |
| 3328 | bfd *abfd; |
| 3329 | asymbol **alocation; |
| 3330 | { |
| 3331 | return elf_slurp_symbol_table (abfd, alocation, true); |
| 3332 | } |
| 3333 | |
| 3334 | asymbol * |
| 3335 | elf_make_empty_symbol (abfd) |
| 3336 | bfd *abfd; |
| 3337 | { |
| 3338 | elf_symbol_type *newsym; |
| 3339 | |
| 3340 | newsym = (elf_symbol_type *) bfd_zalloc (abfd, sizeof (elf_symbol_type)); |
| 3341 | if (!newsym) |
| 3342 | { |
| 3343 | bfd_set_error (bfd_error_no_memory); |
| 3344 | return NULL; |
| 3345 | } |
| 3346 | else |
| 3347 | { |
| 3348 | newsym->symbol.the_bfd = abfd; |
| 3349 | return &newsym->symbol; |
| 3350 | } |
| 3351 | } |
| 3352 | |
| 3353 | void |
| 3354 | elf_get_symbol_info (ignore_abfd, symbol, ret) |
| 3355 | bfd *ignore_abfd; |
| 3356 | asymbol *symbol; |
| 3357 | symbol_info *ret; |
| 3358 | { |
| 3359 | bfd_symbol_info (symbol, ret); |
| 3360 | } |
| 3361 | |
| 3362 | alent * |
| 3363 | elf_get_lineno (ignore_abfd, symbol) |
| 3364 | bfd *ignore_abfd; |
| 3365 | asymbol *symbol; |
| 3366 | { |
| 3367 | fprintf (stderr, "elf_get_lineno unimplemented\n"); |
| 3368 | fflush (stderr); |
| 3369 | BFD_FAIL (); |
| 3370 | return NULL; |
| 3371 | } |
| 3372 | |
| 3373 | boolean |
| 3374 | elf_set_arch_mach (abfd, arch, machine) |
| 3375 | bfd *abfd; |
| 3376 | enum bfd_architecture arch; |
| 3377 | unsigned long machine; |
| 3378 | { |
| 3379 | /* If this isn't the right architecture for this backend, and this |
| 3380 | isn't the generic backend, fail. */ |
| 3381 | if (arch != get_elf_backend_data (abfd)->arch |
| 3382 | && arch != bfd_arch_unknown |
| 3383 | && get_elf_backend_data (abfd)->arch != bfd_arch_unknown) |
| 3384 | return false; |
| 3385 | |
| 3386 | return bfd_default_set_arch_mach (abfd, arch, machine); |
| 3387 | } |
| 3388 | |
| 3389 | boolean |
| 3390 | elf_find_nearest_line (abfd, |
| 3391 | section, |
| 3392 | symbols, |
| 3393 | offset, |
| 3394 | filename_ptr, |
| 3395 | functionname_ptr, |
| 3396 | line_ptr) |
| 3397 | bfd *abfd; |
| 3398 | asection *section; |
| 3399 | asymbol **symbols; |
| 3400 | bfd_vma offset; |
| 3401 | CONST char **filename_ptr; |
| 3402 | CONST char **functionname_ptr; |
| 3403 | unsigned int *line_ptr; |
| 3404 | { |
| 3405 | return false; |
| 3406 | } |
| 3407 | |
| 3408 | int |
| 3409 | elf_sizeof_headers (abfd, reloc) |
| 3410 | bfd *abfd; |
| 3411 | boolean reloc; |
| 3412 | { |
| 3413 | int ret; |
| 3414 | |
| 3415 | ret = sizeof (Elf_External_Ehdr); |
| 3416 | if (! reloc) |
| 3417 | ret += get_program_header_size (abfd, (Elf_Internal_Shdr **) NULL, 0, |
| 3418 | (bfd_vma) 0); |
| 3419 | return ret; |
| 3420 | } |
| 3421 | |
| 3422 | boolean |
| 3423 | elf_set_section_contents (abfd, section, location, offset, count) |
| 3424 | bfd *abfd; |
| 3425 | sec_ptr section; |
| 3426 | PTR location; |
| 3427 | file_ptr offset; |
| 3428 | bfd_size_type count; |
| 3429 | { |
| 3430 | Elf_Internal_Shdr *hdr; |
| 3431 | |
| 3432 | if (! abfd->output_has_begun |
| 3433 | && ! elf_compute_section_file_positions (abfd, |
| 3434 | (struct bfd_link_info *) NULL)) |
| 3435 | return false; |
| 3436 | |
| 3437 | hdr = &elf_section_data (section)->this_hdr; |
| 3438 | |
| 3439 | if (bfd_seek (abfd, hdr->sh_offset + offset, SEEK_SET) == -1) |
| 3440 | return false; |
| 3441 | if (bfd_write (location, 1, count, abfd) != count) |
| 3442 | return false; |
| 3443 | |
| 3444 | return true; |
| 3445 | } |
| 3446 | |
| 3447 | void |
| 3448 | elf_no_info_to_howto (abfd, cache_ptr, dst) |
| 3449 | bfd *abfd; |
| 3450 | arelent *cache_ptr; |
| 3451 | Elf_Internal_Rela *dst; |
| 3452 | { |
| 3453 | fprintf (stderr, "elf RELA relocation support for target machine unimplemented\n"); |
| 3454 | fflush (stderr); |
| 3455 | BFD_FAIL (); |
| 3456 | } |
| 3457 | |
| 3458 | void |
| 3459 | elf_no_info_to_howto_rel (abfd, cache_ptr, dst) |
| 3460 | bfd *abfd; |
| 3461 | arelent *cache_ptr; |
| 3462 | Elf_Internal_Rel *dst; |
| 3463 | { |
| 3464 | fprintf (stderr, "elf REL relocation support for target machine unimplemented\n"); |
| 3465 | fflush (stderr); |
| 3466 | BFD_FAIL (); |
| 3467 | } |
| 3468 | \f |
| 3469 | |
| 3470 | /* Core file support */ |
| 3471 | |
| 3472 | #ifdef HAVE_PROCFS /* Some core file support requires host /proc files */ |
| 3473 | #include <sys/procfs.h> |
| 3474 | #else |
| 3475 | #define bfd_prstatus(abfd, descdata, descsz, filepos) true |
| 3476 | #define bfd_fpregset(abfd, descdata, descsz, filepos) true |
| 3477 | #define bfd_prpsinfo(abfd, descdata, descsz, filepos) true |
| 3478 | #endif |
| 3479 | |
| 3480 | #ifdef HAVE_PROCFS |
| 3481 | |
| 3482 | static boolean |
| 3483 | bfd_prstatus (abfd, descdata, descsz, filepos) |
| 3484 | bfd *abfd; |
| 3485 | char *descdata; |
| 3486 | int descsz; |
| 3487 | long filepos; |
| 3488 | { |
| 3489 | asection *newsect; |
| 3490 | prstatus_t *status = (prstatus_t *) 0; |
| 3491 | |
| 3492 | if (descsz == sizeof (prstatus_t)) |
| 3493 | { |
| 3494 | newsect = bfd_make_section (abfd, ".reg"); |
| 3495 | if (newsect == NULL) |
| 3496 | return false; |
| 3497 | newsect->_raw_size = sizeof (status->pr_reg); |
| 3498 | newsect->filepos = filepos + (long) &status->pr_reg; |
| 3499 | newsect->flags = SEC_HAS_CONTENTS; |
| 3500 | newsect->alignment_power = 2; |
| 3501 | if ((core_prstatus (abfd) = bfd_alloc (abfd, descsz)) != NULL) |
| 3502 | { |
| 3503 | memcpy (core_prstatus (abfd), descdata, descsz); |
| 3504 | } |
| 3505 | } |
| 3506 | return true; |
| 3507 | } |
| 3508 | |
| 3509 | /* Stash a copy of the prpsinfo structure away for future use. */ |
| 3510 | |
| 3511 | static boolean |
| 3512 | bfd_prpsinfo (abfd, descdata, descsz, filepos) |
| 3513 | bfd *abfd; |
| 3514 | char *descdata; |
| 3515 | int descsz; |
| 3516 | long filepos; |
| 3517 | { |
| 3518 | if (descsz == sizeof (prpsinfo_t)) |
| 3519 | { |
| 3520 | if ((core_prpsinfo (abfd) = bfd_alloc (abfd, descsz)) == NULL) |
| 3521 | { |
| 3522 | bfd_set_error (bfd_error_no_memory); |
| 3523 | return false; |
| 3524 | } |
| 3525 | memcpy (core_prpsinfo (abfd), descdata, descsz); |
| 3526 | } |
| 3527 | return true; |
| 3528 | } |
| 3529 | |
| 3530 | static boolean |
| 3531 | bfd_fpregset (abfd, descdata, descsz, filepos) |
| 3532 | bfd *abfd; |
| 3533 | char *descdata; |
| 3534 | int descsz; |
| 3535 | long filepos; |
| 3536 | { |
| 3537 | asection *newsect; |
| 3538 | |
| 3539 | newsect = bfd_make_section (abfd, ".reg2"); |
| 3540 | if (newsect == NULL) |
| 3541 | return false; |
| 3542 | newsect->_raw_size = descsz; |
| 3543 | newsect->filepos = filepos; |
| 3544 | newsect->flags = SEC_HAS_CONTENTS; |
| 3545 | newsect->alignment_power = 2; |
| 3546 | return true; |
| 3547 | } |
| 3548 | |
| 3549 | #endif /* HAVE_PROCFS */ |
| 3550 | |
| 3551 | /* Return a pointer to the args (including the command name) that were |
| 3552 | seen by the program that generated the core dump. Note that for |
| 3553 | some reason, a spurious space is tacked onto the end of the args |
| 3554 | in some (at least one anyway) implementations, so strip it off if |
| 3555 | it exists. */ |
| 3556 | |
| 3557 | char * |
| 3558 | elf_core_file_failing_command (abfd) |
| 3559 | bfd *abfd; |
| 3560 | { |
| 3561 | #ifdef HAVE_PROCFS |
| 3562 | if (core_prpsinfo (abfd)) |
| 3563 | { |
| 3564 | prpsinfo_t *p = core_prpsinfo (abfd); |
| 3565 | char *scan = p->pr_psargs; |
| 3566 | while (*scan++) |
| 3567 | {; |
| 3568 | } |
| 3569 | scan -= 2; |
| 3570 | if ((scan > p->pr_psargs) && (*scan == ' ')) |
| 3571 | { |
| 3572 | *scan = '\000'; |
| 3573 | } |
| 3574 | return p->pr_psargs; |
| 3575 | } |
| 3576 | #endif |
| 3577 | return NULL; |
| 3578 | } |
| 3579 | |
| 3580 | /* Return the number of the signal that caused the core dump. Presumably, |
| 3581 | since we have a core file, we got a signal of some kind, so don't bother |
| 3582 | checking the other process status fields, just return the signal number. |
| 3583 | */ |
| 3584 | |
| 3585 | int |
| 3586 | elf_core_file_failing_signal (abfd) |
| 3587 | bfd *abfd; |
| 3588 | { |
| 3589 | #ifdef HAVE_PROCFS |
| 3590 | if (core_prstatus (abfd)) |
| 3591 | { |
| 3592 | return ((prstatus_t *) (core_prstatus (abfd)))->pr_cursig; |
| 3593 | } |
| 3594 | #endif |
| 3595 | return -1; |
| 3596 | } |
| 3597 | |
| 3598 | /* Check to see if the core file could reasonably be expected to have |
| 3599 | come for the current executable file. Note that by default we return |
| 3600 | true unless we find something that indicates that there might be a |
| 3601 | problem. |
| 3602 | */ |
| 3603 | |
| 3604 | boolean |
| 3605 | elf_core_file_matches_executable_p (core_bfd, exec_bfd) |
| 3606 | bfd *core_bfd; |
| 3607 | bfd *exec_bfd; |
| 3608 | { |
| 3609 | #ifdef HAVE_PROCFS |
| 3610 | char *corename; |
| 3611 | char *execname; |
| 3612 | #endif |
| 3613 | |
| 3614 | /* First, xvecs must match since both are ELF files for the same target. */ |
| 3615 | |
| 3616 | if (core_bfd->xvec != exec_bfd->xvec) |
| 3617 | { |
| 3618 | bfd_set_error (bfd_error_system_call); |
| 3619 | return false; |
| 3620 | } |
| 3621 | |
| 3622 | #ifdef HAVE_PROCFS |
| 3623 | |
| 3624 | /* If no prpsinfo, just return true. Otherwise, grab the last component |
| 3625 | of the exec'd pathname from the prpsinfo. */ |
| 3626 | |
| 3627 | if (core_prpsinfo (core_bfd)) |
| 3628 | { |
| 3629 | corename = (((prpsinfo_t *) core_prpsinfo (core_bfd))->pr_fname); |
| 3630 | } |
| 3631 | else |
| 3632 | { |
| 3633 | return true; |
| 3634 | } |
| 3635 | |
| 3636 | /* Find the last component of the executable pathname. */ |
| 3637 | |
| 3638 | if ((execname = strrchr (exec_bfd->filename, '/')) != NULL) |
| 3639 | { |
| 3640 | execname++; |
| 3641 | } |
| 3642 | else |
| 3643 | { |
| 3644 | execname = (char *) exec_bfd->filename; |
| 3645 | } |
| 3646 | |
| 3647 | /* See if they match */ |
| 3648 | |
| 3649 | return strcmp (execname, corename) ? false : true; |
| 3650 | |
| 3651 | #else |
| 3652 | |
| 3653 | return true; |
| 3654 | |
| 3655 | #endif /* HAVE_PROCFS */ |
| 3656 | } |
| 3657 | |
| 3658 | /* ELF core files contain a segment of type PT_NOTE, that holds much of |
| 3659 | the information that would normally be available from the /proc interface |
| 3660 | for the process, at the time the process dumped core. Currently this |
| 3661 | includes copies of the prstatus, prpsinfo, and fpregset structures. |
| 3662 | |
| 3663 | Since these structures are potentially machine dependent in size and |
| 3664 | ordering, bfd provides two levels of support for them. The first level, |
| 3665 | available on all machines since it does not require that the host |
| 3666 | have /proc support or the relevant include files, is to create a bfd |
| 3667 | section for each of the prstatus, prpsinfo, and fpregset structures, |
| 3668 | without any interpretation of their contents. With just this support, |
| 3669 | the bfd client will have to interpret the structures itself. Even with |
| 3670 | /proc support, it might want these full structures for it's own reasons. |
| 3671 | |
| 3672 | In the second level of support, where HAVE_PROCFS is defined, bfd will |
| 3673 | pick apart the structures to gather some additional information that |
| 3674 | clients may want, such as the general register set, the name of the |
| 3675 | exec'ed file and its arguments, the signal (if any) that caused the |
| 3676 | core dump, etc. |
| 3677 | |
| 3678 | */ |
| 3679 | |
| 3680 | static boolean |
| 3681 | elf_corefile_note (abfd, hdr) |
| 3682 | bfd *abfd; |
| 3683 | Elf_Internal_Phdr *hdr; |
| 3684 | { |
| 3685 | Elf_External_Note *x_note_p; /* Elf note, external form */ |
| 3686 | Elf_Internal_Note i_note; /* Elf note, internal form */ |
| 3687 | char *buf = NULL; /* Entire note segment contents */ |
| 3688 | char *namedata; /* Name portion of the note */ |
| 3689 | char *descdata; /* Descriptor portion of the note */ |
| 3690 | char *sectname; /* Name to use for new section */ |
| 3691 | long filepos; /* File offset to descriptor data */ |
| 3692 | asection *newsect; |
| 3693 | |
| 3694 | if (hdr->p_filesz > 0 |
| 3695 | && (buf = (char *) malloc (hdr->p_filesz)) != NULL |
| 3696 | && bfd_seek (abfd, hdr->p_offset, SEEK_SET) != -1 |
| 3697 | && bfd_read ((PTR) buf, hdr->p_filesz, 1, abfd) == hdr->p_filesz) |
| 3698 | { |
| 3699 | x_note_p = (Elf_External_Note *) buf; |
| 3700 | while ((char *) x_note_p < (buf + hdr->p_filesz)) |
| 3701 | { |
| 3702 | i_note.namesz = bfd_h_get_32 (abfd, (bfd_byte *) x_note_p->namesz); |
| 3703 | i_note.descsz = bfd_h_get_32 (abfd, (bfd_byte *) x_note_p->descsz); |
| 3704 | i_note.type = bfd_h_get_32 (abfd, (bfd_byte *) x_note_p->type); |
| 3705 | namedata = x_note_p->name; |
| 3706 | descdata = namedata + BFD_ALIGN (i_note.namesz, 4); |
| 3707 | filepos = hdr->p_offset + (descdata - buf); |
| 3708 | switch (i_note.type) |
| 3709 | { |
| 3710 | case NT_PRSTATUS: |
| 3711 | /* process descdata as prstatus info */ |
| 3712 | if (! bfd_prstatus (abfd, descdata, i_note.descsz, filepos)) |
| 3713 | return false; |
| 3714 | sectname = ".prstatus"; |
| 3715 | break; |
| 3716 | case NT_FPREGSET: |
| 3717 | /* process descdata as fpregset info */ |
| 3718 | if (! bfd_fpregset (abfd, descdata, i_note.descsz, filepos)) |
| 3719 | return false; |
| 3720 | sectname = ".fpregset"; |
| 3721 | break; |
| 3722 | case NT_PRPSINFO: |
| 3723 | /* process descdata as prpsinfo */ |
| 3724 | if (! bfd_prpsinfo (abfd, descdata, i_note.descsz, filepos)) |
| 3725 | return false; |
| 3726 | sectname = ".prpsinfo"; |
| 3727 | break; |
| 3728 | default: |
| 3729 | /* Unknown descriptor, just ignore it. */ |
| 3730 | sectname = NULL; |
| 3731 | break; |
| 3732 | } |
| 3733 | if (sectname != NULL) |
| 3734 | { |
| 3735 | newsect = bfd_make_section (abfd, sectname); |
| 3736 | if (newsect == NULL) |
| 3737 | return false; |
| 3738 | newsect->_raw_size = i_note.descsz; |
| 3739 | newsect->filepos = filepos; |
| 3740 | newsect->flags = SEC_ALLOC | SEC_HAS_CONTENTS; |
| 3741 | newsect->alignment_power = 2; |
| 3742 | } |
| 3743 | x_note_p = (Elf_External_Note *) |
| 3744 | (descdata + BFD_ALIGN (i_note.descsz, 4)); |
| 3745 | } |
| 3746 | } |
| 3747 | if (buf != NULL) |
| 3748 | { |
| 3749 | free (buf); |
| 3750 | } |
| 3751 | else if (hdr->p_filesz > 0) |
| 3752 | { |
| 3753 | bfd_set_error (bfd_error_no_memory); |
| 3754 | return false; |
| 3755 | } |
| 3756 | return true; |
| 3757 | |
| 3758 | } |
| 3759 | |
| 3760 | /* Core files are simply standard ELF formatted files that partition |
| 3761 | the file using the execution view of the file (program header table) |
| 3762 | rather than the linking view. In fact, there is no section header |
| 3763 | table in a core file. |
| 3764 | |
| 3765 | The process status information (including the contents of the general |
| 3766 | register set) and the floating point register set are stored in a |
| 3767 | segment of type PT_NOTE. We handcraft a couple of extra bfd sections |
| 3768 | that allow standard bfd access to the general registers (.reg) and the |
| 3769 | floating point registers (.reg2). |
| 3770 | |
| 3771 | */ |
| 3772 | |
| 3773 | const bfd_target * |
| 3774 | elf_core_file_p (abfd) |
| 3775 | bfd *abfd; |
| 3776 | { |
| 3777 | Elf_External_Ehdr x_ehdr; /* Elf file header, external form */ |
| 3778 | Elf_Internal_Ehdr *i_ehdrp; /* Elf file header, internal form */ |
| 3779 | Elf_External_Phdr x_phdr; /* Program header table entry, external form */ |
| 3780 | Elf_Internal_Phdr *i_phdrp; /* Program header table, internal form */ |
| 3781 | unsigned int phindex; |
| 3782 | struct elf_backend_data *ebd; |
| 3783 | |
| 3784 | /* Read in the ELF header in external format. */ |
| 3785 | |
| 3786 | if (bfd_read ((PTR) & x_ehdr, sizeof (x_ehdr), 1, abfd) != sizeof (x_ehdr)) |
| 3787 | { |
| 3788 | if (bfd_get_error () != bfd_error_system_call) |
| 3789 | bfd_set_error (bfd_error_wrong_format); |
| 3790 | return NULL; |
| 3791 | } |
| 3792 | |
| 3793 | /* Now check to see if we have a valid ELF file, and one that BFD can |
| 3794 | make use of. The magic number must match, the address size ('class') |
| 3795 | and byte-swapping must match our XVEC entry, and it must have a |
| 3796 | program header table (FIXME: See comments re segments at top of this |
| 3797 | file). */ |
| 3798 | |
| 3799 | if (elf_file_p (&x_ehdr) == false) |
| 3800 | { |
| 3801 | wrong: |
| 3802 | bfd_set_error (bfd_error_wrong_format); |
| 3803 | return NULL; |
| 3804 | } |
| 3805 | |
| 3806 | /* FIXME, Check EI_VERSION here ! */ |
| 3807 | |
| 3808 | { |
| 3809 | #if ARCH_SIZE == 32 |
| 3810 | int desired_address_size = ELFCLASS32; |
| 3811 | #endif |
| 3812 | #if ARCH_SIZE == 64 |
| 3813 | int desired_address_size = ELFCLASS64; |
| 3814 | #endif |
| 3815 | |
| 3816 | if (x_ehdr.e_ident[EI_CLASS] != desired_address_size) |
| 3817 | goto wrong; |
| 3818 | } |
| 3819 | |
| 3820 | /* Switch xvec to match the specified byte order. */ |
| 3821 | switch (x_ehdr.e_ident[EI_DATA]) |
| 3822 | { |
| 3823 | case ELFDATA2MSB: /* Big-endian */ |
| 3824 | if (abfd->xvec->byteorder_big_p == false) |
| 3825 | goto wrong; |
| 3826 | break; |
| 3827 | case ELFDATA2LSB: /* Little-endian */ |
| 3828 | if (abfd->xvec->byteorder_big_p == true) |
| 3829 | goto wrong; |
| 3830 | break; |
| 3831 | case ELFDATANONE: /* No data encoding specified */ |
| 3832 | default: /* Unknown data encoding specified */ |
| 3833 | goto wrong; |
| 3834 | } |
| 3835 | |
| 3836 | /* Allocate an instance of the elf_obj_tdata structure and hook it up to |
| 3837 | the tdata pointer in the bfd. */ |
| 3838 | |
| 3839 | elf_tdata (abfd) = |
| 3840 | (struct elf_obj_tdata *) bfd_zalloc (abfd, sizeof (struct elf_obj_tdata)); |
| 3841 | if (elf_tdata (abfd) == NULL) |
| 3842 | { |
| 3843 | bfd_set_error (bfd_error_no_memory); |
| 3844 | return NULL; |
| 3845 | } |
| 3846 | |
| 3847 | /* FIXME, `wrong' returns from this point onward, leak memory. */ |
| 3848 | |
| 3849 | /* Now that we know the byte order, swap in the rest of the header */ |
| 3850 | i_ehdrp = elf_elfheader (abfd); |
| 3851 | elf_swap_ehdr_in (abfd, &x_ehdr, i_ehdrp); |
| 3852 | #if DEBUG & 1 |
| 3853 | elf_debug_file (i_ehdrp); |
| 3854 | #endif |
| 3855 | |
| 3856 | ebd = get_elf_backend_data (abfd); |
| 3857 | |
| 3858 | /* Check that the ELF e_machine field matches what this particular |
| 3859 | BFD format expects. */ |
| 3860 | if (ebd->elf_machine_code != i_ehdrp->e_machine |
| 3861 | && (ebd->elf_machine_alt1 == 0 || i_ehdrp->e_machine != ebd->elf_machine_alt1) |
| 3862 | && (ebd->elf_machine_alt2 == 0 || i_ehdrp->e_machine != ebd->elf_machine_alt2)) |
| 3863 | { |
| 3864 | const bfd_target * const *target_ptr; |
| 3865 | |
| 3866 | if (ebd->elf_machine_code != EM_NONE) |
| 3867 | goto wrong; |
| 3868 | |
| 3869 | /* This is the generic ELF target. Let it match any ELF target |
| 3870 | for which we do not have a specific backend. */ |
| 3871 | for (target_ptr = bfd_target_vector; *target_ptr != NULL; target_ptr++) |
| 3872 | { |
| 3873 | struct elf_backend_data *back; |
| 3874 | |
| 3875 | if ((*target_ptr)->flavour != bfd_target_elf_flavour) |
| 3876 | continue; |
| 3877 | back = (struct elf_backend_data *) (*target_ptr)->backend_data; |
| 3878 | if (back->elf_machine_code == i_ehdrp->e_machine) |
| 3879 | { |
| 3880 | /* target_ptr is an ELF backend which matches this |
| 3881 | object file, so reject the generic ELF target. */ |
| 3882 | goto wrong; |
| 3883 | } |
| 3884 | } |
| 3885 | } |
| 3886 | |
| 3887 | /* If there is no program header, or the type is not a core file, then |
| 3888 | we are hosed. */ |
| 3889 | if (i_ehdrp->e_phoff == 0 || i_ehdrp->e_type != ET_CORE) |
| 3890 | goto wrong; |
| 3891 | |
| 3892 | /* Allocate space for a copy of the program header table in |
| 3893 | internal form, seek to the program header table in the file, |
| 3894 | read it in, and convert it to internal form. As a simple sanity |
| 3895 | check, verify that the what BFD thinks is the size of each program |
| 3896 | header table entry actually matches the size recorded in the file. */ |
| 3897 | |
| 3898 | if (i_ehdrp->e_phentsize != sizeof (x_phdr)) |
| 3899 | goto wrong; |
| 3900 | i_phdrp = (Elf_Internal_Phdr *) |
| 3901 | bfd_alloc (abfd, sizeof (*i_phdrp) * i_ehdrp->e_phnum); |
| 3902 | if (!i_phdrp) |
| 3903 | { |
| 3904 | bfd_set_error (bfd_error_no_memory); |
| 3905 | return NULL; |
| 3906 | } |
| 3907 | if (bfd_seek (abfd, i_ehdrp->e_phoff, SEEK_SET) == -1) |
| 3908 | return NULL; |
| 3909 | for (phindex = 0; phindex < i_ehdrp->e_phnum; phindex++) |
| 3910 | { |
| 3911 | if (bfd_read ((PTR) & x_phdr, sizeof (x_phdr), 1, abfd) |
| 3912 | != sizeof (x_phdr)) |
| 3913 | return NULL; |
| 3914 | elf_swap_phdr_in (abfd, &x_phdr, i_phdrp + phindex); |
| 3915 | } |
| 3916 | |
| 3917 | /* Once all of the program headers have been read and converted, we |
| 3918 | can start processing them. */ |
| 3919 | |
| 3920 | for (phindex = 0; phindex < i_ehdrp->e_phnum; phindex++) |
| 3921 | { |
| 3922 | bfd_section_from_phdr (abfd, i_phdrp + phindex, phindex); |
| 3923 | if ((i_phdrp + phindex)->p_type == PT_NOTE) |
| 3924 | { |
| 3925 | if (! elf_corefile_note (abfd, i_phdrp + phindex)) |
| 3926 | return NULL; |
| 3927 | } |
| 3928 | } |
| 3929 | |
| 3930 | /* Remember the entry point specified in the ELF file header. */ |
| 3931 | |
| 3932 | bfd_get_start_address (abfd) = i_ehdrp->e_entry; |
| 3933 | |
| 3934 | return abfd->xvec; |
| 3935 | } |
| 3936 | \f |
| 3937 | /* ELF linker code. */ |
| 3938 | |
| 3939 | static boolean elf_link_add_object_symbols |
| 3940 | PARAMS ((bfd *, struct bfd_link_info *)); |
| 3941 | static boolean elf_link_add_archive_symbols |
| 3942 | PARAMS ((bfd *, struct bfd_link_info *)); |
| 3943 | static Elf_Internal_Rela *elf_link_read_relocs |
| 3944 | PARAMS ((bfd *, asection *, PTR, Elf_Internal_Rela *, boolean)); |
| 3945 | static boolean elf_export_symbol |
| 3946 | PARAMS ((struct elf_link_hash_entry *, PTR)); |
| 3947 | static boolean elf_adjust_dynamic_symbol |
| 3948 | PARAMS ((struct elf_link_hash_entry *, PTR)); |
| 3949 | |
| 3950 | /* This struct is used to pass information to routines called via |
| 3951 | elf_link_hash_traverse which must return failure. */ |
| 3952 | |
| 3953 | struct elf_info_failed |
| 3954 | { |
| 3955 | boolean failed; |
| 3956 | struct bfd_link_info *info; |
| 3957 | }; |
| 3958 | |
| 3959 | /* Given an ELF BFD, add symbols to the global hash table as |
| 3960 | appropriate. */ |
| 3961 | |
| 3962 | boolean |
| 3963 | elf_bfd_link_add_symbols (abfd, info) |
| 3964 | bfd *abfd; |
| 3965 | struct bfd_link_info *info; |
| 3966 | { |
| 3967 | bfd *first; |
| 3968 | |
| 3969 | switch (bfd_get_format (abfd)) |
| 3970 | { |
| 3971 | case bfd_object: |
| 3972 | return elf_link_add_object_symbols (abfd, info); |
| 3973 | case bfd_archive: |
| 3974 | first = bfd_openr_next_archived_file (abfd, (bfd *) NULL); |
| 3975 | if (first == NULL) |
| 3976 | { |
| 3977 | /* It's OK to have an empty archive. */ |
| 3978 | return true; |
| 3979 | } |
| 3980 | if (! bfd_check_format (first, bfd_object)) |
| 3981 | return false; |
| 3982 | if (bfd_get_flavour (first) != bfd_target_elf_flavour) |
| 3983 | { |
| 3984 | /* On Linux, we may have an a.out archive which got |
| 3985 | recognized as an ELF archive. Therefore, we treat all |
| 3986 | archives as though they were actually of the flavour of |
| 3987 | their first element. */ |
| 3988 | return (*first->xvec->_bfd_link_add_symbols) (abfd, info); |
| 3989 | } |
| 3990 | return elf_link_add_archive_symbols (abfd, info); |
| 3991 | default: |
| 3992 | bfd_set_error (bfd_error_wrong_format); |
| 3993 | return false; |
| 3994 | } |
| 3995 | } |
| 3996 | |
| 3997 | /* Add symbols from an ELF archive file to the linker hash table. We |
| 3998 | don't use _bfd_generic_link_add_archive_symbols because of a |
| 3999 | problem which arises on UnixWare. The UnixWare libc.so is an |
| 4000 | archive which includes an entry libc.so.1 which defines a bunch of |
| 4001 | symbols. The libc.so archive also includes a number of other |
| 4002 | object files, which also define symbols, some of which are the same |
| 4003 | as those defined in libc.so.1. Correct linking requires that we |
| 4004 | consider each object file in turn, and include it if it defines any |
| 4005 | symbols we need. _bfd_generic_link_add_archive_symbols does not do |
| 4006 | this; it looks through the list of undefined symbols, and includes |
| 4007 | any object file which defines them. When this algorithm is used on |
| 4008 | UnixWare, it winds up pulling in libc.so.1 early and defining a |
| 4009 | bunch of symbols. This means that some of the other objects in the |
| 4010 | archive are not included in the link, which is incorrect since they |
| 4011 | precede libc.so.1 in the archive. |
| 4012 | |
| 4013 | Fortunately, ELF archive handling is simpler than that done by |
| 4014 | _bfd_generic_link_add_archive_symbols, which has to allow for a.out |
| 4015 | oddities. In ELF, if we find a symbol in the archive map, and the |
| 4016 | symbol is currently undefined, we know that we must pull in that |
| 4017 | object file. |
| 4018 | |
| 4019 | Unfortunately, we do have to make multiple passes over the symbol |
| 4020 | table until nothing further is resolved. */ |
| 4021 | |
| 4022 | static boolean |
| 4023 | elf_link_add_archive_symbols (abfd, info) |
| 4024 | bfd *abfd; |
| 4025 | struct bfd_link_info *info; |
| 4026 | { |
| 4027 | symindex c; |
| 4028 | boolean *defined = NULL; |
| 4029 | boolean *included = NULL; |
| 4030 | carsym *symdefs; |
| 4031 | boolean loop; |
| 4032 | |
| 4033 | if (! bfd_has_map (abfd)) |
| 4034 | { |
| 4035 | /* An empty archive is a special case. */ |
| 4036 | if (bfd_openr_next_archived_file (abfd, (bfd *) NULL) == NULL) |
| 4037 | return true; |
| 4038 | bfd_set_error (bfd_error_no_symbols); |
| 4039 | return false; |
| 4040 | } |
| 4041 | |
| 4042 | /* Keep track of all symbols we know to be already defined, and all |
| 4043 | files we know to be already included. This is to speed up the |
| 4044 | second and subsequent passes. */ |
| 4045 | c = bfd_ardata (abfd)->symdef_count; |
| 4046 | if (c == 0) |
| 4047 | return true; |
| 4048 | defined = (boolean *) malloc (c * sizeof (boolean)); |
| 4049 | included = (boolean *) malloc (c * sizeof (boolean)); |
| 4050 | if (defined == (boolean *) NULL || included == (boolean *) NULL) |
| 4051 | { |
| 4052 | bfd_set_error (bfd_error_no_memory); |
| 4053 | goto error_return; |
| 4054 | } |
| 4055 | memset (defined, 0, c * sizeof (boolean)); |
| 4056 | memset (included, 0, c * sizeof (boolean)); |
| 4057 | |
| 4058 | symdefs = bfd_ardata (abfd)->symdefs; |
| 4059 | |
| 4060 | do |
| 4061 | { |
| 4062 | file_ptr last; |
| 4063 | symindex i; |
| 4064 | carsym *symdef; |
| 4065 | carsym *symdefend; |
| 4066 | |
| 4067 | loop = false; |
| 4068 | last = -1; |
| 4069 | |
| 4070 | symdef = symdefs; |
| 4071 | symdefend = symdef + c; |
| 4072 | for (i = 0; symdef < symdefend; symdef++, i++) |
| 4073 | { |
| 4074 | struct elf_link_hash_entry *h; |
| 4075 | bfd *element; |
| 4076 | struct bfd_link_hash_entry *undefs_tail; |
| 4077 | symindex mark; |
| 4078 | |
| 4079 | if (defined[i] || included[i]) |
| 4080 | continue; |
| 4081 | if (symdef->file_offset == last) |
| 4082 | { |
| 4083 | included[i] = true; |
| 4084 | continue; |
| 4085 | } |
| 4086 | |
| 4087 | h = elf_link_hash_lookup (elf_hash_table (info), symdef->name, |
| 4088 | false, false, false); |
| 4089 | if (h == (struct elf_link_hash_entry *) NULL) |
| 4090 | continue; |
| 4091 | if (h->root.type != bfd_link_hash_undefined) |
| 4092 | { |
| 4093 | defined[i] = true; |
| 4094 | continue; |
| 4095 | } |
| 4096 | |
| 4097 | /* We need to include this archive member. */ |
| 4098 | |
| 4099 | element = _bfd_get_elt_at_filepos (abfd, symdef->file_offset); |
| 4100 | if (element == (bfd *) NULL) |
| 4101 | goto error_return; |
| 4102 | |
| 4103 | if (! bfd_check_format (element, bfd_object)) |
| 4104 | goto error_return; |
| 4105 | |
| 4106 | /* Doublecheck that we have not included this object |
| 4107 | already--it should be impossible, but there may be |
| 4108 | something wrong with the archive. */ |
| 4109 | if (element->archive_pass != 0) |
| 4110 | { |
| 4111 | bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value); |
| 4112 | goto error_return; |
| 4113 | } |
| 4114 | element->archive_pass = 1; |
| 4115 | |
| 4116 | undefs_tail = info->hash->undefs_tail; |
| 4117 | |
| 4118 | if (! (*info->callbacks->add_archive_element) (info, element, |
| 4119 | symdef->name)) |
| 4120 | goto error_return; |
| 4121 | if (! elf_link_add_object_symbols (element, info)) |
| 4122 | goto error_return; |
| 4123 | |
| 4124 | /* If there are any new undefined symbols, we need to make |
| 4125 | another pass through the archive in order to see whether |
| 4126 | they can be defined. FIXME: This isn't perfect, because |
| 4127 | common symbols wind up on undefs_tail and because an |
| 4128 | undefined symbol which is defined later on in this pass |
| 4129 | does not require another pass. This isn't a bug, but it |
| 4130 | does make the code less efficient than it could be. */ |
| 4131 | if (undefs_tail != info->hash->undefs_tail) |
| 4132 | loop = true; |
| 4133 | |
| 4134 | /* Look backward to mark all symbols from this object file |
| 4135 | which we have already seen in this pass. */ |
| 4136 | mark = i; |
| 4137 | do |
| 4138 | { |
| 4139 | included[mark] = true; |
| 4140 | if (mark == 0) |
| 4141 | break; |
| 4142 | --mark; |
| 4143 | } |
| 4144 | while (symdefs[mark].file_offset == symdef->file_offset); |
| 4145 | |
| 4146 | /* We mark subsequent symbols from this object file as we go |
| 4147 | on through the loop. */ |
| 4148 | last = symdef->file_offset; |
| 4149 | } |
| 4150 | } |
| 4151 | while (loop); |
| 4152 | |
| 4153 | free (defined); |
| 4154 | free (included); |
| 4155 | |
| 4156 | return true; |
| 4157 | |
| 4158 | error_return: |
| 4159 | if (defined != (boolean *) NULL) |
| 4160 | free (defined); |
| 4161 | if (included != (boolean *) NULL) |
| 4162 | free (included); |
| 4163 | return false; |
| 4164 | } |
| 4165 | |
| 4166 | /* Record a new dynamic symbol. We record the dynamic symbols as we |
| 4167 | read the input files, since we need to have a list of all of them |
| 4168 | before we can determine the final sizes of the output sections. |
| 4169 | Note that we may actually call this function even though we are not |
| 4170 | going to output any dynamic symbols; in some cases we know that a |
| 4171 | symbol should be in the dynamic symbol table, but only if there is |
| 4172 | one. */ |
| 4173 | |
| 4174 | boolean |
| 4175 | elf_link_record_dynamic_symbol (info, h) |
| 4176 | struct bfd_link_info *info; |
| 4177 | struct elf_link_hash_entry *h; |
| 4178 | { |
| 4179 | if (h->dynindx == -1) |
| 4180 | { |
| 4181 | struct bfd_strtab_hash *dynstr; |
| 4182 | |
| 4183 | h->dynindx = elf_hash_table (info)->dynsymcount; |
| 4184 | ++elf_hash_table (info)->dynsymcount; |
| 4185 | |
| 4186 | dynstr = elf_hash_table (info)->dynstr; |
| 4187 | if (dynstr == NULL) |
| 4188 | { |
| 4189 | /* Create a strtab to hold the dynamic symbol names. */ |
| 4190 | elf_hash_table (info)->dynstr = dynstr = elf_stringtab_init (); |
| 4191 | if (dynstr == NULL) |
| 4192 | return false; |
| 4193 | } |
| 4194 | |
| 4195 | h->dynstr_index = ((unsigned long) |
| 4196 | _bfd_stringtab_add (dynstr, h->root.root.string, |
| 4197 | true, false)); |
| 4198 | if (h->dynstr_index == (unsigned long) -1) |
| 4199 | return false; |
| 4200 | } |
| 4201 | |
| 4202 | return true; |
| 4203 | } |
| 4204 | |
| 4205 | /* Add symbols from an ELF object file to the linker hash table. */ |
| 4206 | |
| 4207 | static boolean |
| 4208 | elf_link_add_object_symbols (abfd, info) |
| 4209 | bfd *abfd; |
| 4210 | struct bfd_link_info *info; |
| 4211 | { |
| 4212 | boolean (*add_symbol_hook) PARAMS ((bfd *, struct bfd_link_info *, |
| 4213 | const Elf_Internal_Sym *, |
| 4214 | const char **, flagword *, |
| 4215 | asection **, bfd_vma *)); |
| 4216 | boolean (*check_relocs) PARAMS ((bfd *, struct bfd_link_info *, |
| 4217 | asection *, const Elf_Internal_Rela *)); |
| 4218 | boolean collect; |
| 4219 | Elf_Internal_Shdr *hdr; |
| 4220 | size_t symcount; |
| 4221 | size_t extsymcount; |
| 4222 | size_t extsymoff; |
| 4223 | Elf_External_Sym *buf = NULL; |
| 4224 | struct elf_link_hash_entry **sym_hash; |
| 4225 | boolean dynamic; |
| 4226 | Elf_External_Dyn *dynbuf = NULL; |
| 4227 | struct elf_link_hash_entry *weaks; |
| 4228 | Elf_External_Sym *esym; |
| 4229 | Elf_External_Sym *esymend; |
| 4230 | |
| 4231 | add_symbol_hook = get_elf_backend_data (abfd)->elf_add_symbol_hook; |
| 4232 | collect = get_elf_backend_data (abfd)->collect; |
| 4233 | |
| 4234 | /* A stripped shared library might only have a dynamic symbol table, |
| 4235 | not a regular symbol table. In that case we can still go ahead |
| 4236 | and link using the dynamic symbol table. */ |
| 4237 | if (elf_onesymtab (abfd) == 0 |
| 4238 | && elf_dynsymtab (abfd) != 0) |
| 4239 | { |
| 4240 | elf_onesymtab (abfd) = elf_dynsymtab (abfd); |
| 4241 | elf_tdata (abfd)->symtab_hdr = elf_tdata (abfd)->dynsymtab_hdr; |
| 4242 | } |
| 4243 | |
| 4244 | hdr = &elf_tdata (abfd)->symtab_hdr; |
| 4245 | symcount = hdr->sh_size / sizeof (Elf_External_Sym); |
| 4246 | |
| 4247 | /* The sh_info field of the symtab header tells us where the |
| 4248 | external symbols start. We don't care about the local symbols at |
| 4249 | this point. */ |
| 4250 | if (elf_bad_symtab (abfd)) |
| 4251 | { |
| 4252 | extsymcount = symcount; |
| 4253 | extsymoff = 0; |
| 4254 | } |
| 4255 | else |
| 4256 | { |
| 4257 | extsymcount = symcount - hdr->sh_info; |
| 4258 | extsymoff = hdr->sh_info; |
| 4259 | } |
| 4260 | |
| 4261 | buf = (Elf_External_Sym *) malloc (extsymcount * sizeof (Elf_External_Sym)); |
| 4262 | if (buf == NULL && extsymcount != 0) |
| 4263 | { |
| 4264 | bfd_set_error (bfd_error_no_memory); |
| 4265 | goto error_return; |
| 4266 | } |
| 4267 | |
| 4268 | /* We store a pointer to the hash table entry for each external |
| 4269 | symbol. */ |
| 4270 | sym_hash = ((struct elf_link_hash_entry **) |
| 4271 | bfd_alloc (abfd, |
| 4272 | extsymcount * sizeof (struct elf_link_hash_entry *))); |
| 4273 | if (sym_hash == NULL) |
| 4274 | { |
| 4275 | bfd_set_error (bfd_error_no_memory); |
| 4276 | goto error_return; |
| 4277 | } |
| 4278 | elf_sym_hashes (abfd) = sym_hash; |
| 4279 | |
| 4280 | if (elf_elfheader (abfd)->e_type != ET_DYN) |
| 4281 | { |
| 4282 | dynamic = false; |
| 4283 | |
| 4284 | /* If we are creating a shared library, create all the dynamic |
| 4285 | sections immediately. We need to attach them to something, |
| 4286 | so we attach them to this BFD, provided it is the right |
| 4287 | format. FIXME: If there are no input BFD's of the same |
| 4288 | format as the output, we can't make a shared library. */ |
| 4289 | if (info->shared |
| 4290 | && ! elf_hash_table (info)->dynamic_sections_created |
| 4291 | && abfd->xvec == info->hash->creator) |
| 4292 | { |
| 4293 | if (! elf_link_create_dynamic_sections (abfd, info)) |
| 4294 | goto error_return; |
| 4295 | } |
| 4296 | } |
| 4297 | else |
| 4298 | { |
| 4299 | asection *s; |
| 4300 | const char *name; |
| 4301 | bfd_size_type oldsize; |
| 4302 | bfd_size_type strindex; |
| 4303 | |
| 4304 | dynamic = true; |
| 4305 | |
| 4306 | /* You can't use -r against a dynamic object. Also, there's no |
| 4307 | hope of using a dynamic object which does not exactly match |
| 4308 | the format of the output file. */ |
| 4309 | if (info->relocateable |
| 4310 | || info->hash->creator != abfd->xvec) |
| 4311 | { |
| 4312 | bfd_set_error (bfd_error_invalid_operation); |
| 4313 | goto error_return; |
| 4314 | } |
| 4315 | |
| 4316 | /* Find the name to use in a DT_NEEDED entry that refers to this |
| 4317 | object. If the object has a DT_SONAME entry, we use it. |
| 4318 | Otherwise, if the generic linker stuck something in |
| 4319 | elf_dt_needed_name, we use that. Otherwise, we just use the |
| 4320 | file name. */ |
| 4321 | name = bfd_get_filename (abfd); |
| 4322 | if (elf_dt_needed_name (abfd) != NULL) |
| 4323 | name = elf_dt_needed_name (abfd); |
| 4324 | s = bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd, ".dynamic"); |
| 4325 | if (s != NULL) |
| 4326 | { |
| 4327 | Elf_External_Dyn *extdyn; |
| 4328 | Elf_External_Dyn *extdynend; |
| 4329 | |
| 4330 | dynbuf = (Elf_External_Dyn *) malloc (s->_raw_size); |
| 4331 | if (dynbuf == NULL) |
| 4332 | { |
| 4333 | bfd_set_error (bfd_error_no_memory); |
| 4334 | goto error_return; |
| 4335 | } |
| 4336 | |
| 4337 | if (! bfd_get_section_contents (abfd, s, (PTR) dynbuf, |
| 4338 | (file_ptr) 0, s->_raw_size)) |
| 4339 | goto error_return; |
| 4340 | |
| 4341 | extdyn = dynbuf; |
| 4342 | extdynend = extdyn + s->_raw_size / sizeof (Elf_External_Dyn); |
| 4343 | for (; extdyn < extdynend; extdyn++) |
| 4344 | { |
| 4345 | Elf_Internal_Dyn dyn; |
| 4346 | |
| 4347 | elf_swap_dyn_in (abfd, extdyn, &dyn); |
| 4348 | if (dyn.d_tag == DT_SONAME) |
| 4349 | { |
| 4350 | int elfsec; |
| 4351 | unsigned long link; |
| 4352 | |
| 4353 | elfsec = elf_section_from_bfd_section (abfd, s); |
| 4354 | if (elfsec == -1) |
| 4355 | goto error_return; |
| 4356 | link = elf_elfsections (abfd)[elfsec]->sh_link; |
| 4357 | name = elf_string_from_elf_section (abfd, link, |
| 4358 | dyn.d_un.d_val); |
| 4359 | if (name == NULL) |
| 4360 | goto error_return; |
| 4361 | } |
| 4362 | if (dyn.d_tag == DT_NEEDED) |
| 4363 | elf_hash_table (info)->saw_needed = true; |
| 4364 | } |
| 4365 | |
| 4366 | free (dynbuf); |
| 4367 | dynbuf = NULL; |
| 4368 | } |
| 4369 | |
| 4370 | /* We do not want to include any of the sections in a dynamic |
| 4371 | object in the output file. We hack by simply clobbering the |
| 4372 | list of sections in the BFD. This could be handled more |
| 4373 | cleanly by, say, a new section flag; the existing |
| 4374 | SEC_NEVER_LOAD flag is not the one we want, because that one |
| 4375 | still implies that the section takes up space in the output |
| 4376 | file. */ |
| 4377 | abfd->sections = NULL; |
| 4378 | |
| 4379 | /* If this is the first dynamic object found in the link, create |
| 4380 | the special sections required for dynamic linking. */ |
| 4381 | if (! elf_hash_table (info)->dynamic_sections_created) |
| 4382 | { |
| 4383 | if (! elf_link_create_dynamic_sections (abfd, info)) |
| 4384 | goto error_return; |
| 4385 | } |
| 4386 | |
| 4387 | /* Add a DT_NEEDED entry for this dynamic object. */ |
| 4388 | oldsize = _bfd_stringtab_size (elf_hash_table (info)->dynstr); |
| 4389 | strindex = _bfd_stringtab_add (elf_hash_table (info)->dynstr, name, |
| 4390 | true, false); |
| 4391 | if (strindex == (bfd_size_type) -1) |
| 4392 | goto error_return; |
| 4393 | |
| 4394 | if (oldsize == _bfd_stringtab_size (elf_hash_table (info)->dynstr)) |
| 4395 | { |
| 4396 | asection *sdyn; |
| 4397 | Elf_External_Dyn *dyncon, *dynconend; |
| 4398 | |
| 4399 | /* The hash table size did not change, which means that the |
| 4400 | dynamic object name was already entered. If we have |
| 4401 | already included this dynamic object in the link, just |
| 4402 | ignore it. There is no reason to include a particular |
| 4403 | dynamic object more than once. */ |
| 4404 | sdyn = bfd_get_section_by_name (elf_hash_table (info)->dynobj, |
| 4405 | ".dynamic"); |
| 4406 | BFD_ASSERT (sdyn != NULL); |
| 4407 | |
| 4408 | dyncon = (Elf_External_Dyn *) sdyn->contents; |
| 4409 | dynconend = (Elf_External_Dyn *) (sdyn->contents + sdyn->_raw_size); |
| 4410 | for (; dyncon < dynconend; dyncon++) |
| 4411 | { |
| 4412 | Elf_Internal_Dyn dyn; |
| 4413 | |
| 4414 | elf_swap_dyn_in (elf_hash_table (info)->dynobj, dyncon, &dyn); |
| 4415 | if (dyn.d_tag == DT_NEEDED |
| 4416 | && dyn.d_un.d_val == strindex) |
| 4417 | { |
| 4418 | if (buf != NULL) |
| 4419 | free (buf); |
| 4420 | return true; |
| 4421 | } |
| 4422 | } |
| 4423 | } |
| 4424 | |
| 4425 | if (! elf_add_dynamic_entry (info, DT_NEEDED, strindex)) |
| 4426 | goto error_return; |
| 4427 | } |
| 4428 | |
| 4429 | if (bfd_seek (abfd, |
| 4430 | hdr->sh_offset + extsymoff * sizeof (Elf_External_Sym), |
| 4431 | SEEK_SET) != 0 |
| 4432 | || (bfd_read ((PTR) buf, sizeof (Elf_External_Sym), extsymcount, abfd) |
| 4433 | != extsymcount * sizeof (Elf_External_Sym))) |
| 4434 | goto error_return; |
| 4435 | |
| 4436 | weaks = NULL; |
| 4437 | |
| 4438 | esymend = buf + extsymcount; |
| 4439 | for (esym = buf; esym < esymend; esym++, sym_hash++) |
| 4440 | { |
| 4441 | Elf_Internal_Sym sym; |
| 4442 | int bind; |
| 4443 | bfd_vma value; |
| 4444 | asection *sec; |
| 4445 | flagword flags; |
| 4446 | const char *name; |
| 4447 | struct elf_link_hash_entry *h = NULL; |
| 4448 | boolean definition; |
| 4449 | |
| 4450 | elf_swap_symbol_in (abfd, esym, &sym); |
| 4451 | |
| 4452 | flags = BSF_NO_FLAGS; |
| 4453 | sec = NULL; |
| 4454 | value = sym.st_value; |
| 4455 | *sym_hash = NULL; |
| 4456 | |
| 4457 | bind = ELF_ST_BIND (sym.st_info); |
| 4458 | if (bind == STB_LOCAL) |
| 4459 | { |
| 4460 | /* This should be impossible, since ELF requires that all |
| 4461 | global symbols follow all local symbols, and that sh_info |
| 4462 | point to the first global symbol. Unfortunatealy, Irix 5 |
| 4463 | screws this up. */ |
| 4464 | continue; |
| 4465 | } |
| 4466 | else if (bind == STB_GLOBAL) |
| 4467 | { |
| 4468 | if (sym.st_shndx != SHN_UNDEF |
| 4469 | && sym.st_shndx != SHN_COMMON) |
| 4470 | flags = BSF_GLOBAL; |
| 4471 | else |
| 4472 | flags = 0; |
| 4473 | } |
| 4474 | else if (bind == STB_WEAK) |
| 4475 | flags = BSF_WEAK; |
| 4476 | else |
| 4477 | { |
| 4478 | /* Leave it up to the processor backend. */ |
| 4479 | } |
| 4480 | |
| 4481 | if (sym.st_shndx == SHN_UNDEF) |
| 4482 | sec = bfd_und_section_ptr; |
| 4483 | else if (sym.st_shndx > 0 && sym.st_shndx < SHN_LORESERVE) |
| 4484 | { |
| 4485 | sec = section_from_elf_index (abfd, sym.st_shndx); |
| 4486 | if (sec != NULL) |
| 4487 | value -= sec->vma; |
| 4488 | else |
| 4489 | sec = bfd_abs_section_ptr; |
| 4490 | } |
| 4491 | else if (sym.st_shndx == SHN_ABS) |
| 4492 | sec = bfd_abs_section_ptr; |
| 4493 | else if (sym.st_shndx == SHN_COMMON) |
| 4494 | { |
| 4495 | sec = bfd_com_section_ptr; |
| 4496 | /* What ELF calls the size we call the value. What ELF |
| 4497 | calls the value we call the alignment. */ |
| 4498 | value = sym.st_size; |
| 4499 | } |
| 4500 | else |
| 4501 | { |
| 4502 | /* Leave it up to the processor backend. */ |
| 4503 | } |
| 4504 | |
| 4505 | name = elf_string_from_elf_section (abfd, hdr->sh_link, sym.st_name); |
| 4506 | if (name == (const char *) NULL) |
| 4507 | goto error_return; |
| 4508 | |
| 4509 | if (add_symbol_hook) |
| 4510 | { |
| 4511 | if (! (*add_symbol_hook) (abfd, info, &sym, &name, &flags, &sec, |
| 4512 | &value)) |
| 4513 | goto error_return; |
| 4514 | |
| 4515 | /* The hook function sets the name to NULL if this symbol |
| 4516 | should be skipped for some reason. */ |
| 4517 | if (name == (const char *) NULL) |
| 4518 | continue; |
| 4519 | } |
| 4520 | |
| 4521 | /* Sanity check that all possibilities were handled. */ |
| 4522 | if (sec == (asection *) NULL) |
| 4523 | { |
| 4524 | bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value); |
| 4525 | goto error_return; |
| 4526 | } |
| 4527 | |
| 4528 | if (bfd_is_und_section (sec) |
| 4529 | || bfd_is_com_section (sec)) |
| 4530 | definition = false; |
| 4531 | else |
| 4532 | definition = true; |
| 4533 | |
| 4534 | if (info->hash->creator->flavour == bfd_target_elf_flavour) |
| 4535 | { |
| 4536 | /* We need to look up the symbol now in order to get some of |
| 4537 | the dynamic object handling right. We pass the hash |
| 4538 | table entry in to _bfd_generic_link_add_one_symbol so |
| 4539 | that it does not have to look it up again. */ |
| 4540 | h = elf_link_hash_lookup (elf_hash_table (info), name, |
| 4541 | true, false, false); |
| 4542 | if (h == NULL) |
| 4543 | goto error_return; |
| 4544 | *sym_hash = h; |
| 4545 | |
| 4546 | /* If we are looking at a dynamic object, and this is a |
| 4547 | definition, we need to see if it has already been defined |
| 4548 | by some other object. If it has, we want to use the |
| 4549 | existing definition, and we do not want to report a |
| 4550 | multiple symbol definition error; we do this by |
| 4551 | clobbering sec to be bfd_und_section_ptr. */ |
| 4552 | if (dynamic && definition) |
| 4553 | { |
| 4554 | if (h->root.type == bfd_link_hash_defined |
| 4555 | || h->root.type == bfd_link_hash_defweak) |
| 4556 | sec = bfd_und_section_ptr; |
| 4557 | } |
| 4558 | |
| 4559 | /* Similarly, if we are not looking at a dynamic object, and |
| 4560 | we have a definition, we want to override any definition |
| 4561 | we may have from a dynamic object. Symbols from regular |
| 4562 | files always take precedence over symbols from dynamic |
| 4563 | objects, even if they are defined after the dynamic |
| 4564 | object in the link. */ |
| 4565 | if (! dynamic |
| 4566 | && definition |
| 4567 | && (h->root.type == bfd_link_hash_defined |
| 4568 | || h->root.type == bfd_link_hash_defweak) |
| 4569 | && (h->elf_link_hash_flags & ELF_LINK_HASH_DEF_DYNAMIC) != 0 |
| 4570 | && (bfd_get_flavour (h->root.u.def.section->owner) |
| 4571 | == bfd_target_elf_flavour) |
| 4572 | && (elf_elfheader (h->root.u.def.section->owner)->e_type |
| 4573 | == ET_DYN)) |
| 4574 | { |
| 4575 | /* Change the hash table entry to undefined, and let |
| 4576 | _bfd_generic_link_add_one_symbol do the right thing |
| 4577 | with the new definition. */ |
| 4578 | h->root.type = bfd_link_hash_undefined; |
| 4579 | h->root.u.undef.abfd = h->root.u.def.section->owner; |
| 4580 | } |
| 4581 | } |
| 4582 | |
| 4583 | if (! (_bfd_generic_link_add_one_symbol |
| 4584 | (info, abfd, name, flags, sec, value, (const char *) NULL, |
| 4585 | false, collect, (struct bfd_link_hash_entry **) sym_hash))) |
| 4586 | goto error_return; |
| 4587 | |
| 4588 | if (dynamic |
| 4589 | && definition |
| 4590 | && (flags & BSF_WEAK) != 0 |
| 4591 | && ELF_ST_TYPE (sym.st_info) != STT_FUNC |
| 4592 | && info->hash->creator->flavour == bfd_target_elf_flavour |
| 4593 | && (*sym_hash)->weakdef == NULL) |
| 4594 | { |
| 4595 | /* Keep a list of all weak defined non function symbols from |
| 4596 | a dynamic object, using the weakdef field. Later in this |
| 4597 | function we will set the weakdef field to the correct |
| 4598 | value. We only put non-function symbols from dynamic |
| 4599 | objects on this list, because that happens to be the only |
| 4600 | time we need to know the normal symbol corresponding to a |
| 4601 | weak symbol, and the information is time consuming to |
| 4602 | figure out. If the weakdef field is not already NULL, |
| 4603 | then this symbol was already defined by some previous |
| 4604 | dynamic object, and we will be using that previous |
| 4605 | definition anyhow. */ |
| 4606 | |
| 4607 | (*sym_hash)->weakdef = weaks; |
| 4608 | weaks = *sym_hash; |
| 4609 | } |
| 4610 | |
| 4611 | /* Get the alignment of a common symbol. */ |
| 4612 | if (sym.st_shndx == SHN_COMMON |
| 4613 | && (*sym_hash)->root.type == bfd_link_hash_common) |
| 4614 | (*sym_hash)->root.u.c.p->alignment_power = bfd_log2 (sym.st_value); |
| 4615 | |
| 4616 | if (info->hash->creator->flavour == bfd_target_elf_flavour) |
| 4617 | { |
| 4618 | int old_flags; |
| 4619 | boolean dynsym; |
| 4620 | int new_flag; |
| 4621 | |
| 4622 | /* Remember the symbol size and type. */ |
| 4623 | if (sym.st_size != 0) |
| 4624 | { |
| 4625 | /* FIXME: We should probably somehow give a warning if |
| 4626 | the symbol size changes. */ |
| 4627 | h->size = sym.st_size; |
| 4628 | } |
| 4629 | if (ELF_ST_TYPE (sym.st_info) != STT_NOTYPE) |
| 4630 | { |
| 4631 | /* FIXME: We should probably somehow give a warning if |
| 4632 | the symbol type changes. */ |
| 4633 | h->type = ELF_ST_TYPE (sym.st_info); |
| 4634 | } |
| 4635 | |
| 4636 | /* Set a flag in the hash table entry indicating the type of |
| 4637 | reference or definition we just found. Keep a count of |
| 4638 | the number of dynamic symbols we find. A dynamic symbol |
| 4639 | is one which is referenced or defined by both a regular |
| 4640 | object and a shared object, or one which is referenced or |
| 4641 | defined by more than one shared object. */ |
| 4642 | old_flags = h->elf_link_hash_flags; |
| 4643 | dynsym = false; |
| 4644 | if (! dynamic) |
| 4645 | { |
| 4646 | if (! definition) |
| 4647 | new_flag = ELF_LINK_HASH_REF_REGULAR; |
| 4648 | else |
| 4649 | new_flag = ELF_LINK_HASH_DEF_REGULAR; |
| 4650 | if (info->shared |
| 4651 | || (old_flags & (ELF_LINK_HASH_DEF_DYNAMIC |
| 4652 | | ELF_LINK_HASH_REF_DYNAMIC)) != 0) |
| 4653 | dynsym = true; |
| 4654 | } |
| 4655 | else |
| 4656 | { |
| 4657 | if (! definition) |
| 4658 | new_flag = ELF_LINK_HASH_REF_DYNAMIC; |
| 4659 | else |
| 4660 | new_flag = ELF_LINK_HASH_DEF_DYNAMIC; |
| 4661 | if ((old_flags & new_flag) != 0 |
| 4662 | || (old_flags & (ELF_LINK_HASH_DEF_REGULAR |
| 4663 | | ELF_LINK_HASH_REF_REGULAR)) != 0) |
| 4664 | dynsym = true; |
| 4665 | } |
| 4666 | |
| 4667 | h->elf_link_hash_flags |= new_flag; |
| 4668 | if (dynsym && h->dynindx == -1) |
| 4669 | { |
| 4670 | if (! elf_link_record_dynamic_symbol (info, h)) |
| 4671 | goto error_return; |
| 4672 | } |
| 4673 | } |
| 4674 | } |
| 4675 | |
| 4676 | /* Now set the weakdefs field correctly for all the weak defined |
| 4677 | symbols we found. The only way to do this is to search all the |
| 4678 | symbols. Since we only need the information for non functions in |
| 4679 | dynamic objects, that's the only time we actually put anything on |
| 4680 | the list WEAKS. We need this information so that if a regular |
| 4681 | object refers to a symbol defined weakly in a dynamic object, the |
| 4682 | real symbol in the dynamic object is also put in the dynamic |
| 4683 | symbols; we also must arrange for both symbols to point to the |
| 4684 | same memory location. We could handle the general case of symbol |
| 4685 | aliasing, but a general symbol alias can only be generated in |
| 4686 | assembler code, handling it correctly would be very time |
| 4687 | consuming, and other ELF linkers don't handle general aliasing |
| 4688 | either. */ |
| 4689 | while (weaks != NULL) |
| 4690 | { |
| 4691 | struct elf_link_hash_entry *hlook; |
| 4692 | asection *slook; |
| 4693 | bfd_vma vlook; |
| 4694 | struct elf_link_hash_entry **hpp; |
| 4695 | struct elf_link_hash_entry **hppend; |
| 4696 | |
| 4697 | hlook = weaks; |
| 4698 | weaks = hlook->weakdef; |
| 4699 | hlook->weakdef = NULL; |
| 4700 | |
| 4701 | BFD_ASSERT (hlook->root.type == bfd_link_hash_defined |
| 4702 | || hlook->root.type == bfd_link_hash_defweak |
| 4703 | || hlook->root.type == bfd_link_hash_common |
| 4704 | || hlook->root.type == bfd_link_hash_indirect); |
| 4705 | slook = hlook->root.u.def.section; |
| 4706 | vlook = hlook->root.u.def.value; |
| 4707 | |
| 4708 | hpp = elf_sym_hashes (abfd); |
| 4709 | hppend = hpp + extsymcount; |
| 4710 | for (; hpp < hppend; hpp++) |
| 4711 | { |
| 4712 | struct elf_link_hash_entry *h; |
| 4713 | |
| 4714 | h = *hpp; |
| 4715 | if (h != NULL && h != hlook |
| 4716 | && (h->root.type == bfd_link_hash_defined |
| 4717 | || h->root.type == bfd_link_hash_defweak) |
| 4718 | && h->root.u.def.section == slook |
| 4719 | && h->root.u.def.value == vlook) |
| 4720 | { |
| 4721 | hlook->weakdef = h; |
| 4722 | |
| 4723 | /* If the weak definition is in the list of dynamic |
| 4724 | symbols, make sure the real definition is put there |
| 4725 | as well. */ |
| 4726 | if (hlook->dynindx != -1 |
| 4727 | && h->dynindx == -1) |
| 4728 | { |
| 4729 | if (! elf_link_record_dynamic_symbol (info, h)) |
| 4730 | goto error_return; |
| 4731 | } |
| 4732 | |
| 4733 | break; |
| 4734 | } |
| 4735 | } |
| 4736 | } |
| 4737 | |
| 4738 | if (buf != NULL) |
| 4739 | { |
| 4740 | free (buf); |
| 4741 | buf = NULL; |
| 4742 | } |
| 4743 | |
| 4744 | /* If this object is the same format as the output object, and it is |
| 4745 | not a shared library, then let the backend look through the |
| 4746 | relocs. |
| 4747 | |
| 4748 | This is required to build global offset table entries and to |
| 4749 | arrange for dynamic relocs. It is not required for the |
| 4750 | particular common case of linking non PIC code, even when linking |
| 4751 | against shared libraries, but unfortunately there is no way of |
| 4752 | knowing whether an object file has been compiled PIC or not. |
| 4753 | Looking through the relocs is not particularly time consuming. |
| 4754 | The problem is that we must either (1) keep the relocs in memory, |
| 4755 | which causes the linker to require additional runtime memory or |
| 4756 | (2) read the relocs twice from the input file, which wastes time. |
| 4757 | This would be a good case for using mmap. |
| 4758 | |
| 4759 | I have no idea how to handle linking PIC code into a file of a |
| 4760 | different format. It probably can't be done. */ |
| 4761 | check_relocs = get_elf_backend_data (abfd)->check_relocs; |
| 4762 | if (! dynamic |
| 4763 | && abfd->xvec == info->hash->creator |
| 4764 | && check_relocs != NULL) |
| 4765 | { |
| 4766 | asection *o; |
| 4767 | |
| 4768 | for (o = abfd->sections; o != NULL; o = o->next) |
| 4769 | { |
| 4770 | Elf_Internal_Rela *internal_relocs; |
| 4771 | boolean ok; |
| 4772 | |
| 4773 | if ((o->flags & SEC_RELOC) == 0 |
| 4774 | || o->reloc_count == 0) |
| 4775 | continue; |
| 4776 | |
| 4777 | /* I believe we can ignore the relocs for any section which |
| 4778 | does not form part of the final process image, such as a |
| 4779 | debugging section. */ |
| 4780 | if ((o->flags & SEC_ALLOC) == 0) |
| 4781 | continue; |
| 4782 | |
| 4783 | internal_relocs = elf_link_read_relocs (abfd, o, (PTR) NULL, |
| 4784 | (Elf_Internal_Rela *) NULL, |
| 4785 | info->keep_memory); |
| 4786 | if (internal_relocs == NULL) |
| 4787 | goto error_return; |
| 4788 | |
| 4789 | ok = (*check_relocs) (abfd, info, o, internal_relocs); |
| 4790 | |
| 4791 | if (! info->keep_memory) |
| 4792 | free (internal_relocs); |
| 4793 | |
| 4794 | if (! ok) |
| 4795 | goto error_return; |
| 4796 | } |
| 4797 | } |
| 4798 | |
| 4799 | return true; |
| 4800 | |
| 4801 | error_return: |
| 4802 | if (buf != NULL) |
| 4803 | free (buf); |
| 4804 | if (dynbuf != NULL) |
| 4805 | free (dynbuf); |
| 4806 | return false; |
| 4807 | } |
| 4808 | |
| 4809 | /* Create some sections which will be filled in with dynamic linking |
| 4810 | information. ABFD is an input file which requires dynamic sections |
| 4811 | to be created. The dynamic sections take up virtual memory space |
| 4812 | when the final executable is run, so we need to create them before |
| 4813 | addresses are assigned to the output sections. We work out the |
| 4814 | actual contents and size of these sections later. */ |
| 4815 | |
| 4816 | boolean |
| 4817 | elf_link_create_dynamic_sections (abfd, info) |
| 4818 | bfd *abfd; |
| 4819 | struct bfd_link_info *info; |
| 4820 | { |
| 4821 | flagword flags; |
| 4822 | register asection *s; |
| 4823 | struct elf_link_hash_entry *h; |
| 4824 | struct elf_backend_data *bed; |
| 4825 | |
| 4826 | if (elf_hash_table (info)->dynamic_sections_created) |
| 4827 | return true; |
| 4828 | |
| 4829 | /* Make sure that all dynamic sections use the same input BFD. */ |
| 4830 | if (elf_hash_table (info)->dynobj == NULL) |
| 4831 | elf_hash_table (info)->dynobj = abfd; |
| 4832 | else |
| 4833 | abfd = elf_hash_table (info)->dynobj; |
| 4834 | |
| 4835 | /* Note that we set the SEC_IN_MEMORY flag for all of these |
| 4836 | sections. */ |
| 4837 | flags = SEC_ALLOC | SEC_LOAD | SEC_HAS_CONTENTS | SEC_IN_MEMORY; |
| 4838 | |
| 4839 | /* A dynamically linked executable has a .interp section, but a |
| 4840 | shared library does not. */ |
| 4841 | if (! info->shared) |
| 4842 | { |
| 4843 | s = bfd_make_section (abfd, ".interp"); |
| 4844 | if (s == NULL |
| 4845 | || ! bfd_set_section_flags (abfd, s, flags | SEC_READONLY)) |
| 4846 | return false; |
| 4847 | } |
| 4848 | |
| 4849 | s = bfd_make_section (abfd, ".dynsym"); |
| 4850 | if (s == NULL |
| 4851 | || ! bfd_set_section_flags (abfd, s, flags | SEC_READONLY) |
| 4852 | || ! bfd_set_section_alignment (abfd, s, LOG_FILE_ALIGN)) |
| 4853 | return false; |
| 4854 | |
| 4855 | s = bfd_make_section (abfd, ".dynstr"); |
| 4856 | if (s == NULL |
| 4857 | || ! bfd_set_section_flags (abfd, s, flags | SEC_READONLY)) |
| 4858 | return false; |
| 4859 | |
| 4860 | /* Create a strtab to hold the dynamic symbol names. */ |
| 4861 | if (elf_hash_table (info)->dynstr == NULL) |
| 4862 | { |
| 4863 | elf_hash_table (info)->dynstr = elf_stringtab_init (); |
| 4864 | if (elf_hash_table (info)->dynstr == NULL) |
| 4865 | return false; |
| 4866 | } |
| 4867 | |
| 4868 | s = bfd_make_section (abfd, ".dynamic"); |
| 4869 | if (s == NULL |
| 4870 | || ! bfd_set_section_flags (abfd, s, flags) |
| 4871 | || ! bfd_set_section_alignment (abfd, s, LOG_FILE_ALIGN)) |
| 4872 | return false; |
| 4873 | |
| 4874 | /* The special symbol _DYNAMIC is always set to the start of the |
| 4875 | .dynamic section. This call occurs before we have processed the |
| 4876 | symbols for any dynamic object, so we don't have to worry about |
| 4877 | overriding a dynamic definition. We could set _DYNAMIC in a |
| 4878 | linker script, but we only want to define it if we are, in fact, |
| 4879 | creating a .dynamic section. We don't want to define it if there |
| 4880 | is no .dynamic section, since on some ELF platforms the start up |
| 4881 | code examines it to decide how to initialize the process. */ |
| 4882 | h = NULL; |
| 4883 | if (! (_bfd_generic_link_add_one_symbol |
| 4884 | (info, abfd, "_DYNAMIC", BSF_GLOBAL, s, (bfd_vma) 0, |
| 4885 | (const char *) NULL, false, get_elf_backend_data (abfd)->collect, |
| 4886 | (struct bfd_link_hash_entry **) &h))) |
| 4887 | return false; |
| 4888 | h->elf_link_hash_flags |= ELF_LINK_HASH_DEF_REGULAR; |
| 4889 | h->type = STT_OBJECT; |
| 4890 | |
| 4891 | if (info->shared |
| 4892 | && ! elf_link_record_dynamic_symbol (info, h)) |
| 4893 | return false; |
| 4894 | |
| 4895 | s = bfd_make_section (abfd, ".hash"); |
| 4896 | if (s == NULL |
| 4897 | || ! bfd_set_section_flags (abfd, s, flags | SEC_READONLY) |
| 4898 | || ! bfd_set_section_alignment (abfd, s, LOG_FILE_ALIGN)) |
| 4899 | return false; |
| 4900 | |
| 4901 | /* Let the backend create the rest of the sections. This lets the |
| 4902 | backend set the right flags. The backend will normally create |
| 4903 | the .got and .plt sections. */ |
| 4904 | bed = get_elf_backend_data (abfd); |
| 4905 | if (! (*bed->elf_backend_create_dynamic_sections) (abfd, info)) |
| 4906 | return false; |
| 4907 | |
| 4908 | elf_hash_table (info)->dynamic_sections_created = true; |
| 4909 | |
| 4910 | return true; |
| 4911 | } |
| 4912 | |
| 4913 | /* Add an entry to the .dynamic table. */ |
| 4914 | |
| 4915 | boolean |
| 4916 | elf_add_dynamic_entry (info, tag, val) |
| 4917 | struct bfd_link_info *info; |
| 4918 | bfd_vma tag; |
| 4919 | bfd_vma val; |
| 4920 | { |
| 4921 | Elf_Internal_Dyn dyn; |
| 4922 | bfd *dynobj; |
| 4923 | asection *s; |
| 4924 | size_t newsize; |
| 4925 | bfd_byte *newcontents; |
| 4926 | |
| 4927 | dynobj = elf_hash_table (info)->dynobj; |
| 4928 | |
| 4929 | s = bfd_get_section_by_name (dynobj, ".dynamic"); |
| 4930 | BFD_ASSERT (s != NULL); |
| 4931 | |
| 4932 | newsize = s->_raw_size + sizeof (Elf_External_Dyn); |
| 4933 | if (s->contents == NULL) |
| 4934 | newcontents = (bfd_byte *) malloc (newsize); |
| 4935 | else |
| 4936 | newcontents = (bfd_byte *) realloc (s->contents, newsize); |
| 4937 | if (newcontents == NULL) |
| 4938 | { |
| 4939 | bfd_set_error (bfd_error_no_memory); |
| 4940 | return false; |
| 4941 | } |
| 4942 | |
| 4943 | dyn.d_tag = tag; |
| 4944 | dyn.d_un.d_val = val; |
| 4945 | elf_swap_dyn_out (dynobj, &dyn, |
| 4946 | (Elf_External_Dyn *) (newcontents + s->_raw_size)); |
| 4947 | |
| 4948 | s->_raw_size = newsize; |
| 4949 | s->contents = newcontents; |
| 4950 | |
| 4951 | return true; |
| 4952 | } |
| 4953 | |
| 4954 | /* Read and swap the relocs for a section. They may have been cached. |
| 4955 | If the EXTERNAL_RELOCS and INTERNAL_RELOCS arguments are not NULL, |
| 4956 | they are used as buffers to read into. They are known to be large |
| 4957 | enough. If the INTERNAL_RELOCS relocs argument is NULL, the return |
| 4958 | value is allocated using either malloc or bfd_alloc, according to |
| 4959 | the KEEP_MEMORY argument. */ |
| 4960 | |
| 4961 | static Elf_Internal_Rela * |
| 4962 | elf_link_read_relocs (abfd, o, external_relocs, internal_relocs, keep_memory) |
| 4963 | bfd *abfd; |
| 4964 | asection *o; |
| 4965 | PTR external_relocs; |
| 4966 | Elf_Internal_Rela *internal_relocs; |
| 4967 | boolean keep_memory; |
| 4968 | { |
| 4969 | Elf_Internal_Shdr *rel_hdr; |
| 4970 | PTR alloc1 = NULL; |
| 4971 | Elf_Internal_Rela *alloc2 = NULL; |
| 4972 | |
| 4973 | if (elf_section_data (o)->relocs != NULL) |
| 4974 | return elf_section_data (o)->relocs; |
| 4975 | |
| 4976 | if (o->reloc_count == 0) |
| 4977 | return NULL; |
| 4978 | |
| 4979 | rel_hdr = &elf_section_data (o)->rel_hdr; |
| 4980 | |
| 4981 | if (internal_relocs == NULL) |
| 4982 | { |
| 4983 | size_t size; |
| 4984 | |
| 4985 | size = o->reloc_count * sizeof (Elf_Internal_Rela); |
| 4986 | if (keep_memory) |
| 4987 | internal_relocs = (Elf_Internal_Rela *) bfd_alloc (abfd, size); |
| 4988 | else |
| 4989 | internal_relocs = alloc2 = (Elf_Internal_Rela *) malloc (size); |
| 4990 | if (internal_relocs == NULL) |
| 4991 | { |
| 4992 | bfd_set_error (bfd_error_no_memory); |
| 4993 | goto error_return; |
| 4994 | } |
| 4995 | } |
| 4996 | |
| 4997 | if (external_relocs == NULL) |
| 4998 | { |
| 4999 | alloc1 = (PTR) malloc (rel_hdr->sh_size); |
| 5000 | if (alloc1 == NULL) |
| 5001 | { |
| 5002 | bfd_set_error (bfd_error_no_memory); |
| 5003 | goto error_return; |
| 5004 | } |
| 5005 | external_relocs = alloc1; |
| 5006 | } |
| 5007 | |
| 5008 | if ((bfd_seek (abfd, rel_hdr->sh_offset, SEEK_SET) != 0) |
| 5009 | || (bfd_read (external_relocs, 1, rel_hdr->sh_size, abfd) |
| 5010 | != rel_hdr->sh_size)) |
| 5011 | goto error_return; |
| 5012 | |
| 5013 | /* Swap in the relocs. For convenience, we always produce an |
| 5014 | Elf_Internal_Rela array; if the relocs are Rel, we set the addend |
| 5015 | to 0. */ |
| 5016 | if (rel_hdr->sh_entsize == sizeof (Elf_External_Rel)) |
| 5017 | { |
| 5018 | Elf_External_Rel *erel; |
| 5019 | Elf_External_Rel *erelend; |
| 5020 | Elf_Internal_Rela *irela; |
| 5021 | |
| 5022 | erel = (Elf_External_Rel *) external_relocs; |
| 5023 | erelend = erel + o->reloc_count; |
| 5024 | irela = internal_relocs; |
| 5025 | for (; erel < erelend; erel++, irela++) |
| 5026 | { |
| 5027 | Elf_Internal_Rel irel; |
| 5028 | |
| 5029 | elf_swap_reloc_in (abfd, erel, &irel); |
| 5030 | irela->r_offset = irel.r_offset; |
| 5031 | irela->r_info = irel.r_info; |
| 5032 | irela->r_addend = 0; |
| 5033 | } |
| 5034 | } |
| 5035 | else |
| 5036 | { |
| 5037 | Elf_External_Rela *erela; |
| 5038 | Elf_External_Rela *erelaend; |
| 5039 | Elf_Internal_Rela *irela; |
| 5040 | |
| 5041 | BFD_ASSERT (rel_hdr->sh_entsize == sizeof (Elf_External_Rela)); |
| 5042 | |
| 5043 | erela = (Elf_External_Rela *) external_relocs; |
| 5044 | erelaend = erela + o->reloc_count; |
| 5045 | irela = internal_relocs; |
| 5046 | for (; erela < erelaend; erela++, irela++) |
| 5047 | elf_swap_reloca_in (abfd, erela, irela); |
| 5048 | } |
| 5049 | |
| 5050 | /* Cache the results for next time, if we can. */ |
| 5051 | if (keep_memory) |
| 5052 | elf_section_data (o)->relocs = internal_relocs; |
| 5053 | |
| 5054 | if (alloc1 != NULL) |
| 5055 | free (alloc1); |
| 5056 | |
| 5057 | /* Don't free alloc2, since if it was allocated we are passing it |
| 5058 | back (under the name of internal_relocs). */ |
| 5059 | |
| 5060 | return internal_relocs; |
| 5061 | |
| 5062 | error_return: |
| 5063 | if (alloc1 != NULL) |
| 5064 | free (alloc1); |
| 5065 | if (alloc2 != NULL) |
| 5066 | free (alloc2); |
| 5067 | return NULL; |
| 5068 | } |
| 5069 | |
| 5070 | /* Record an assignment to a symbol made by a linker script. We need |
| 5071 | this in case some dynamic object refers to this symbol. */ |
| 5072 | |
| 5073 | /*ARGSUSED*/ |
| 5074 | boolean |
| 5075 | NAME(bfd_elf,record_link_assignment) (output_bfd, info, name) |
| 5076 | bfd *output_bfd; |
| 5077 | struct bfd_link_info *info; |
| 5078 | const char *name; |
| 5079 | { |
| 5080 | struct elf_link_hash_entry *h; |
| 5081 | |
| 5082 | if (info->hash->creator->flavour != bfd_target_elf_flavour) |
| 5083 | return true; |
| 5084 | |
| 5085 | h = elf_link_hash_lookup (elf_hash_table (info), name, true, true, false); |
| 5086 | if (h == NULL) |
| 5087 | return false; |
| 5088 | |
| 5089 | h->elf_link_hash_flags |= ELF_LINK_HASH_DEF_REGULAR; |
| 5090 | h->type = STT_OBJECT; |
| 5091 | |
| 5092 | if (((h->elf_link_hash_flags & (ELF_LINK_HASH_DEF_DYNAMIC |
| 5093 | | ELF_LINK_HASH_REF_DYNAMIC)) != 0 |
| 5094 | || info->shared) |
| 5095 | && h->dynindx == -1) |
| 5096 | { |
| 5097 | if (! elf_link_record_dynamic_symbol (info, h)) |
| 5098 | return false; |
| 5099 | |
| 5100 | /* If this is a weak defined symbol, and we know a corresponding |
| 5101 | real symbol from the same dynamic object, make sure the real |
| 5102 | symbol is also made into a dynamic symbol. */ |
| 5103 | if (h->weakdef != NULL |
| 5104 | && h->weakdef->dynindx == -1) |
| 5105 | { |
| 5106 | if (! elf_link_record_dynamic_symbol (info, h->weakdef)) |
| 5107 | return false; |
| 5108 | } |
| 5109 | } |
| 5110 | |
| 5111 | return true; |
| 5112 | } |
| 5113 | |
| 5114 | /* Array used to determine the number of hash table buckets to use |
| 5115 | based on the number of symbols there are. If there are fewer than |
| 5116 | 3 symbols we use 1 bucket, fewer than 17 symbols we use 3 buckets, |
| 5117 | fewer than 37 we use 17 buckets, and so forth. We never use more |
| 5118 | than 521 buckets. */ |
| 5119 | |
| 5120 | static const size_t elf_buckets[] = |
| 5121 | { |
| 5122 | 1, 3, 17, 37, 67, 97, 131, 197, 263, 521, 0 |
| 5123 | }; |
| 5124 | |
| 5125 | /* Set up the sizes and contents of the ELF dynamic sections. This is |
| 5126 | called by the ELF linker emulation before_allocation routine. We |
| 5127 | must set the sizes of the sections before the linker sets the |
| 5128 | addresses of the various sections. */ |
| 5129 | |
| 5130 | boolean |
| 5131 | NAME(bfd_elf,size_dynamic_sections) (output_bfd, soname, rpath, |
| 5132 | export_dynamic, info, sinterpptr) |
| 5133 | bfd *output_bfd; |
| 5134 | const char *soname; |
| 5135 | const char *rpath; |
| 5136 | boolean export_dynamic; |
| 5137 | struct bfd_link_info *info; |
| 5138 | asection **sinterpptr; |
| 5139 | { |
| 5140 | bfd *dynobj; |
| 5141 | struct elf_backend_data *bed; |
| 5142 | |
| 5143 | *sinterpptr = NULL; |
| 5144 | |
| 5145 | if (info->hash->creator->flavour != bfd_target_elf_flavour) |
| 5146 | return true; |
| 5147 | |
| 5148 | dynobj = elf_hash_table (info)->dynobj; |
| 5149 | |
| 5150 | /* If there were no dynamic objects in the link, there is nothing to |
| 5151 | do here. */ |
| 5152 | if (dynobj == NULL) |
| 5153 | return true; |
| 5154 | |
| 5155 | /* If we are supposed to export all symbols into the dynamic symbol |
| 5156 | table (this is not the normal case), then do so. */ |
| 5157 | if (export_dynamic) |
| 5158 | { |
| 5159 | struct elf_info_failed eif; |
| 5160 | |
| 5161 | eif.failed = false; |
| 5162 | eif.info = info; |
| 5163 | elf_link_hash_traverse (elf_hash_table (info), elf_export_symbol, |
| 5164 | (PTR) &eif); |
| 5165 | if (eif.failed) |
| 5166 | return false; |
| 5167 | } |
| 5168 | |
| 5169 | if (elf_hash_table (info)->dynamic_sections_created) |
| 5170 | { |
| 5171 | struct elf_info_failed eif; |
| 5172 | bfd_size_type strsize; |
| 5173 | |
| 5174 | *sinterpptr = bfd_get_section_by_name (dynobj, ".interp"); |
| 5175 | BFD_ASSERT (*sinterpptr != NULL || info->shared); |
| 5176 | |
| 5177 | if (soname != NULL) |
| 5178 | { |
| 5179 | bfd_size_type indx; |
| 5180 | |
| 5181 | indx = _bfd_stringtab_add (elf_hash_table (info)->dynstr, soname, |
| 5182 | true, true); |
| 5183 | if (indx == (bfd_size_type) -1 |
| 5184 | || ! elf_add_dynamic_entry (info, DT_SONAME, indx)) |
| 5185 | return false; |
| 5186 | } |
| 5187 | |
| 5188 | if (rpath != NULL) |
| 5189 | { |
| 5190 | bfd_size_type indx; |
| 5191 | |
| 5192 | indx = _bfd_stringtab_add (elf_hash_table (info)->dynstr, rpath, |
| 5193 | true, true); |
| 5194 | if (indx == (bfd_size_type) -1 |
| 5195 | || ! elf_add_dynamic_entry (info, DT_RPATH, indx)) |
| 5196 | return false; |
| 5197 | } |
| 5198 | |
| 5199 | /* Find all symbols which were defined in a dynamic object and make |
| 5200 | the backend pick a reasonable value for them. */ |
| 5201 | eif.failed = false; |
| 5202 | eif.info = info; |
| 5203 | elf_link_hash_traverse (elf_hash_table (info), |
| 5204 | elf_adjust_dynamic_symbol, |
| 5205 | (PTR) &eif); |
| 5206 | if (eif.failed) |
| 5207 | return false; |
| 5208 | |
| 5209 | /* Add some entries to the .dynamic section. We fill in some of the |
| 5210 | values later, in elf_bfd_final_link, but we must add the entries |
| 5211 | now so that we know the final size of the .dynamic section. */ |
| 5212 | if (elf_link_hash_lookup (elf_hash_table (info), "_init", false, |
| 5213 | false, false) != NULL) |
| 5214 | { |
| 5215 | if (! elf_add_dynamic_entry (info, DT_INIT, 0)) |
| 5216 | return false; |
| 5217 | } |
| 5218 | if (elf_link_hash_lookup (elf_hash_table (info), "_fini", false, |
| 5219 | false, false) != NULL) |
| 5220 | { |
| 5221 | if (! elf_add_dynamic_entry (info, DT_FINI, 0)) |
| 5222 | return false; |
| 5223 | } |
| 5224 | strsize = _bfd_stringtab_size (elf_hash_table (info)->dynstr); |
| 5225 | if (! elf_add_dynamic_entry (info, DT_HASH, 0) |
| 5226 | || ! elf_add_dynamic_entry (info, DT_STRTAB, 0) |
| 5227 | || ! elf_add_dynamic_entry (info, DT_SYMTAB, 0) |
| 5228 | || ! elf_add_dynamic_entry (info, DT_STRSZ, strsize) |
| 5229 | || ! elf_add_dynamic_entry (info, DT_SYMENT, |
| 5230 | sizeof (Elf_External_Sym))) |
| 5231 | return false; |
| 5232 | } |
| 5233 | |
| 5234 | /* The backend must work out the sizes of all the other dynamic |
| 5235 | sections. */ |
| 5236 | bed = get_elf_backend_data (output_bfd); |
| 5237 | if (! (*bed->elf_backend_size_dynamic_sections) (output_bfd, info)) |
| 5238 | return false; |
| 5239 | |
| 5240 | if (elf_hash_table (info)->dynamic_sections_created) |
| 5241 | { |
| 5242 | size_t dynsymcount; |
| 5243 | asection *s; |
| 5244 | size_t i; |
| 5245 | size_t bucketcount; |
| 5246 | Elf_Internal_Sym isym; |
| 5247 | |
| 5248 | /* Set the size of the .dynsym and .hash sections. We counted |
| 5249 | the number of dynamic symbols in elf_link_add_object_symbols. |
| 5250 | We will build the contents of .dynsym and .hash when we build |
| 5251 | the final symbol table, because until then we do not know the |
| 5252 | correct value to give the symbols. We built the .dynstr |
| 5253 | section as we went along in elf_link_add_object_symbols. */ |
| 5254 | dynsymcount = elf_hash_table (info)->dynsymcount; |
| 5255 | s = bfd_get_section_by_name (dynobj, ".dynsym"); |
| 5256 | BFD_ASSERT (s != NULL); |
| 5257 | s->_raw_size = dynsymcount * sizeof (Elf_External_Sym); |
| 5258 | s->contents = (bfd_byte *) bfd_alloc (output_bfd, s->_raw_size); |
| 5259 | if (s->contents == NULL && s->_raw_size != 0) |
| 5260 | { |
| 5261 | bfd_set_error (bfd_error_no_memory); |
| 5262 | return false; |
| 5263 | } |
| 5264 | |
| 5265 | /* The first entry in .dynsym is a dummy symbol. */ |
| 5266 | isym.st_value = 0; |
| 5267 | isym.st_size = 0; |
| 5268 | isym.st_name = 0; |
| 5269 | isym.st_info = 0; |
| 5270 | isym.st_other = 0; |
| 5271 | isym.st_shndx = 0; |
| 5272 | elf_swap_symbol_out (output_bfd, &isym, |
| 5273 | (Elf_External_Sym *) s->contents); |
| 5274 | |
| 5275 | for (i = 0; elf_buckets[i] != 0; i++) |
| 5276 | { |
| 5277 | bucketcount = elf_buckets[i]; |
| 5278 | if (dynsymcount < elf_buckets[i + 1]) |
| 5279 | break; |
| 5280 | } |
| 5281 | |
| 5282 | s = bfd_get_section_by_name (dynobj, ".hash"); |
| 5283 | BFD_ASSERT (s != NULL); |
| 5284 | s->_raw_size = (2 + bucketcount + dynsymcount) * (ARCH_SIZE / 8); |
| 5285 | s->contents = (bfd_byte *) bfd_alloc (output_bfd, s->_raw_size); |
| 5286 | if (s->contents == NULL) |
| 5287 | { |
| 5288 | bfd_set_error (bfd_error_no_memory); |
| 5289 | return false; |
| 5290 | } |
| 5291 | memset (s->contents, 0, s->_raw_size); |
| 5292 | |
| 5293 | put_word (output_bfd, bucketcount, s->contents); |
| 5294 | put_word (output_bfd, dynsymcount, s->contents + (ARCH_SIZE / 8)); |
| 5295 | |
| 5296 | elf_hash_table (info)->bucketcount = bucketcount; |
| 5297 | |
| 5298 | s = bfd_get_section_by_name (dynobj, ".dynstr"); |
| 5299 | BFD_ASSERT (s != NULL); |
| 5300 | s->_raw_size = _bfd_stringtab_size (elf_hash_table (info)->dynstr); |
| 5301 | |
| 5302 | if (! elf_add_dynamic_entry (info, DT_NULL, 0)) |
| 5303 | return false; |
| 5304 | } |
| 5305 | |
| 5306 | return true; |
| 5307 | } |
| 5308 | |
| 5309 | /* This routine is used to export all defined symbols into the dynamic |
| 5310 | symbol table. It is called via elf_link_hash_traverse. */ |
| 5311 | |
| 5312 | static boolean |
| 5313 | elf_export_symbol (h, data) |
| 5314 | struct elf_link_hash_entry *h; |
| 5315 | PTR data; |
| 5316 | { |
| 5317 | struct elf_info_failed *eif = (struct elf_info_failed *) data; |
| 5318 | |
| 5319 | if (h->dynindx == -1 |
| 5320 | && (h->elf_link_hash_flags |
| 5321 | & (ELF_LINK_HASH_DEF_REGULAR | ELF_LINK_HASH_REF_REGULAR)) != 0) |
| 5322 | { |
| 5323 | if (! elf_link_record_dynamic_symbol (eif->info, h)) |
| 5324 | { |
| 5325 | eif->failed = true; |
| 5326 | return false; |
| 5327 | } |
| 5328 | } |
| 5329 | |
| 5330 | return true; |
| 5331 | } |
| 5332 | |
| 5333 | /* Make the backend pick a good value for a dynamic symbol. This is |
| 5334 | called via elf_link_hash_traverse, and also calls itself |
| 5335 | recursively. */ |
| 5336 | |
| 5337 | static boolean |
| 5338 | elf_adjust_dynamic_symbol (h, data) |
| 5339 | struct elf_link_hash_entry *h; |
| 5340 | PTR data; |
| 5341 | { |
| 5342 | struct elf_info_failed *eif = (struct elf_info_failed *) data; |
| 5343 | bfd *dynobj; |
| 5344 | struct elf_backend_data *bed; |
| 5345 | |
| 5346 | /* If this symbol does not require a PLT entry, and it is not |
| 5347 | defined by a dynamic object, or is not referenced by a regular |
| 5348 | object, ignore it. FIXME: Do we need to worry about symbols |
| 5349 | which are defined by one dynamic object and referenced by another |
| 5350 | one? */ |
| 5351 | if ((h->elf_link_hash_flags & ELF_LINK_HASH_NEEDS_PLT) == 0 |
| 5352 | && ((h->elf_link_hash_flags & ELF_LINK_HASH_DEF_REGULAR) != 0 |
| 5353 | || (h->elf_link_hash_flags & ELF_LINK_HASH_DEF_DYNAMIC) == 0 |
| 5354 | || (h->elf_link_hash_flags & ELF_LINK_HASH_REF_REGULAR) == 0)) |
| 5355 | return true; |
| 5356 | |
| 5357 | /* If we've already adjusted this symbol, don't do it again. This |
| 5358 | can happen via a recursive call. */ |
| 5359 | if ((h->elf_link_hash_flags & ELF_LINK_HASH_DYNAMIC_ADJUSTED) != 0) |
| 5360 | return true; |
| 5361 | |
| 5362 | /* Don't look at this symbol again. Note that we must set this |
| 5363 | after checking the above conditions, because we may look at a |
| 5364 | symbol once, decide not to do anything, and then get called |
| 5365 | recursively later after REF_REGULAR is set below. */ |
| 5366 | h->elf_link_hash_flags |= ELF_LINK_HASH_DYNAMIC_ADJUSTED; |
| 5367 | |
| 5368 | /* If this is a weak definition, and we know a real definition, and |
| 5369 | the real symbol is not itself defined by a regular object file, |
| 5370 | then get a good value for the real definition. We handle the |
| 5371 | real symbol first, for the convenience of the backend routine. |
| 5372 | |
| 5373 | Note that there is a confusing case here. If the real definition |
| 5374 | is defined by a regular object file, we don't get the real symbol |
| 5375 | from the dynamic object, but we do get the weak symbol. If the |
| 5376 | processor backend uses a COPY reloc, then if some routine in the |
| 5377 | dynamic object changes the real symbol, we will not see that |
| 5378 | change in the corresponding weak symbol. This is the way other |
| 5379 | ELF linkers work as well, and seems to be a result of the shared |
| 5380 | library model. |
| 5381 | |
| 5382 | I will clarify this issue. Most SVR4 shared libraries define the |
| 5383 | variable _timezone and define timezone as a weak synonym. The |
| 5384 | tzset call changes _timezone. If you write |
| 5385 | extern int timezone; |
| 5386 | int _timezone = 5; |
| 5387 | int main () { tzset (); printf ("%d %d\n", timezone, _timezone); } |
| 5388 | you might expect that, since timezone is a synonym for _timezone, |
| 5389 | the same number will print both times. However, if the processor |
| 5390 | backend uses a COPY reloc, then actually timezone will be copied |
| 5391 | into your process image, and, since you define _timezone |
| 5392 | yourself, _timezone will not. Thus timezone and _timezone will |
| 5393 | wind up at different memory locations. The tzset call will set |
| 5394 | _timezone, leaving timezone unchanged. */ |
| 5395 | |
| 5396 | if (h->weakdef != NULL) |
| 5397 | { |
| 5398 | struct elf_link_hash_entry *weakdef; |
| 5399 | |
| 5400 | BFD_ASSERT (h->root.type == bfd_link_hash_defined |
| 5401 | || h->root.type == bfd_link_hash_defweak); |
| 5402 | weakdef = h->weakdef; |
| 5403 | BFD_ASSERT (weakdef->root.type == bfd_link_hash_defined |
| 5404 | || weakdef->root.type == bfd_link_hash_defweak); |
| 5405 | BFD_ASSERT (weakdef->elf_link_hash_flags & ELF_LINK_HASH_DEF_DYNAMIC); |
| 5406 | if ((weakdef->elf_link_hash_flags & ELF_LINK_HASH_DEF_REGULAR) != 0) |
| 5407 | { |
| 5408 | /* This symbol is defined by a regular object file, so we |
| 5409 | will not do anything special. Clear weakdef for the |
| 5410 | convenience of the processor backend. */ |
| 5411 | h->weakdef = NULL; |
| 5412 | } |
| 5413 | else |
| 5414 | { |
| 5415 | /* There is an implicit reference by a regular object file |
| 5416 | via the weak symbol. */ |
| 5417 | weakdef->elf_link_hash_flags |= ELF_LINK_HASH_REF_REGULAR; |
| 5418 | if (! elf_adjust_dynamic_symbol (weakdef, (PTR) eif)) |
| 5419 | return false; |
| 5420 | } |
| 5421 | } |
| 5422 | |
| 5423 | dynobj = elf_hash_table (eif->info)->dynobj; |
| 5424 | bed = get_elf_backend_data (dynobj); |
| 5425 | if (! (*bed->elf_backend_adjust_dynamic_symbol) (eif->info, h)) |
| 5426 | { |
| 5427 | eif->failed = true; |
| 5428 | return false; |
| 5429 | } |
| 5430 | |
| 5431 | return true; |
| 5432 | } |
| 5433 | \f |
| 5434 | /* Final phase of ELF linker. */ |
| 5435 | |
| 5436 | /* A structure we use to avoid passing large numbers of arguments. */ |
| 5437 | |
| 5438 | struct elf_final_link_info |
| 5439 | { |
| 5440 | /* General link information. */ |
| 5441 | struct bfd_link_info *info; |
| 5442 | /* Output BFD. */ |
| 5443 | bfd *output_bfd; |
| 5444 | /* Symbol string table. */ |
| 5445 | struct bfd_strtab_hash *symstrtab; |
| 5446 | /* .dynsym section. */ |
| 5447 | asection *dynsym_sec; |
| 5448 | /* .hash section. */ |
| 5449 | asection *hash_sec; |
| 5450 | /* Buffer large enough to hold contents of any section. */ |
| 5451 | bfd_byte *contents; |
| 5452 | /* Buffer large enough to hold external relocs of any section. */ |
| 5453 | PTR external_relocs; |
| 5454 | /* Buffer large enough to hold internal relocs of any section. */ |
| 5455 | Elf_Internal_Rela *internal_relocs; |
| 5456 | /* Buffer large enough to hold external local symbols of any input |
| 5457 | BFD. */ |
| 5458 | Elf_External_Sym *external_syms; |
| 5459 | /* Buffer large enough to hold internal local symbols of any input |
| 5460 | BFD. */ |
| 5461 | Elf_Internal_Sym *internal_syms; |
| 5462 | /* Array large enough to hold a symbol index for each local symbol |
| 5463 | of any input BFD. */ |
| 5464 | long *indices; |
| 5465 | /* Array large enough to hold a section pointer for each local |
| 5466 | symbol of any input BFD. */ |
| 5467 | asection **sections; |
| 5468 | /* Buffer to hold swapped out symbols. */ |
| 5469 | Elf_External_Sym *symbuf; |
| 5470 | /* Number of swapped out symbols in buffer. */ |
| 5471 | size_t symbuf_count; |
| 5472 | /* Number of symbols which fit in symbuf. */ |
| 5473 | size_t symbuf_size; |
| 5474 | }; |
| 5475 | |
| 5476 | static boolean elf_link_output_sym |
| 5477 | PARAMS ((struct elf_final_link_info *, const char *, |
| 5478 | Elf_Internal_Sym *, asection *)); |
| 5479 | static boolean elf_link_flush_output_syms |
| 5480 | PARAMS ((struct elf_final_link_info *)); |
| 5481 | static boolean elf_link_output_extsym |
| 5482 | PARAMS ((struct elf_link_hash_entry *, PTR)); |
| 5483 | static boolean elf_link_input_bfd |
| 5484 | PARAMS ((struct elf_final_link_info *, bfd *)); |
| 5485 | static boolean elf_reloc_link_order |
| 5486 | PARAMS ((bfd *, struct bfd_link_info *, asection *, |
| 5487 | struct bfd_link_order *)); |
| 5488 | |
| 5489 | /* This struct is used to pass information to routines called via |
| 5490 | elf_link_hash_traverse which must return failure. */ |
| 5491 | |
| 5492 | struct elf_finfo_failed |
| 5493 | { |
| 5494 | boolean failed; |
| 5495 | struct elf_final_link_info *finfo; |
| 5496 | }; |
| 5497 | |
| 5498 | /* Do the final step of an ELF link. */ |
| 5499 | |
| 5500 | boolean |
| 5501 | elf_bfd_final_link (abfd, info) |
| 5502 | bfd *abfd; |
| 5503 | struct bfd_link_info *info; |
| 5504 | { |
| 5505 | boolean dynamic; |
| 5506 | bfd *dynobj; |
| 5507 | struct elf_final_link_info finfo; |
| 5508 | register asection *o; |
| 5509 | register struct bfd_link_order *p; |
| 5510 | register bfd *sub; |
| 5511 | size_t max_contents_size; |
| 5512 | size_t max_external_reloc_size; |
| 5513 | size_t max_internal_reloc_count; |
| 5514 | size_t max_sym_count; |
| 5515 | file_ptr off; |
| 5516 | Elf_Internal_Sym elfsym; |
| 5517 | unsigned int i; |
| 5518 | Elf_Internal_Shdr *symtab_hdr; |
| 5519 | Elf_Internal_Shdr *symstrtab_hdr; |
| 5520 | struct elf_backend_data *bed = get_elf_backend_data (abfd); |
| 5521 | struct elf_finfo_failed eif; |
| 5522 | |
| 5523 | if (info->shared) |
| 5524 | abfd->flags |= DYNAMIC; |
| 5525 | |
| 5526 | dynamic = elf_hash_table (info)->dynamic_sections_created; |
| 5527 | dynobj = elf_hash_table (info)->dynobj; |
| 5528 | |
| 5529 | finfo.info = info; |
| 5530 | finfo.output_bfd = abfd; |
| 5531 | finfo.symstrtab = elf_stringtab_init (); |
| 5532 | if (finfo.symstrtab == NULL) |
| 5533 | return false; |
| 5534 | if (! dynamic) |
| 5535 | { |
| 5536 | finfo.dynsym_sec = NULL; |
| 5537 | finfo.hash_sec = NULL; |
| 5538 | } |
| 5539 | else |
| 5540 | { |
| 5541 | finfo.dynsym_sec = bfd_get_section_by_name (dynobj, ".dynsym"); |
| 5542 | finfo.hash_sec = bfd_get_section_by_name (dynobj, ".hash"); |
| 5543 | BFD_ASSERT (finfo.dynsym_sec != NULL && finfo.hash_sec != NULL); |
| 5544 | } |
| 5545 | finfo.contents = NULL; |
| 5546 | finfo.external_relocs = NULL; |
| 5547 | finfo.internal_relocs = NULL; |
| 5548 | finfo.external_syms = NULL; |
| 5549 | finfo.internal_syms = NULL; |
| 5550 | finfo.indices = NULL; |
| 5551 | finfo.sections = NULL; |
| 5552 | finfo.symbuf = NULL; |
| 5553 | finfo.symbuf_count = 0; |
| 5554 | |
| 5555 | /* Count up the number of relocations we will output for each output |
| 5556 | section, so that we know the sizes of the reloc sections. We |
| 5557 | also figure out some maximum sizes. */ |
| 5558 | max_contents_size = 0; |
| 5559 | max_external_reloc_size = 0; |
| 5560 | max_internal_reloc_count = 0; |
| 5561 | max_sym_count = 0; |
| 5562 | for (o = abfd->sections; o != (asection *) NULL; o = o->next) |
| 5563 | { |
| 5564 | o->reloc_count = 0; |
| 5565 | |
| 5566 | for (p = o->link_order_head; p != NULL; p = p->next) |
| 5567 | { |
| 5568 | if (p->type == bfd_section_reloc_link_order |
| 5569 | || p->type == bfd_symbol_reloc_link_order) |
| 5570 | ++o->reloc_count; |
| 5571 | else if (p->type == bfd_indirect_link_order) |
| 5572 | { |
| 5573 | asection *sec; |
| 5574 | |
| 5575 | sec = p->u.indirect.section; |
| 5576 | |
| 5577 | if (info->relocateable) |
| 5578 | o->reloc_count += sec->reloc_count; |
| 5579 | |
| 5580 | if (sec->_raw_size > max_contents_size) |
| 5581 | max_contents_size = sec->_raw_size; |
| 5582 | if (sec->_cooked_size > max_contents_size) |
| 5583 | max_contents_size = sec->_cooked_size; |
| 5584 | |
| 5585 | /* We are interested in just local symbols, not all |
| 5586 | symbols. */ |
| 5587 | if (bfd_get_flavour (sec->owner) == bfd_target_elf_flavour) |
| 5588 | { |
| 5589 | size_t sym_count; |
| 5590 | |
| 5591 | if (elf_bad_symtab (sec->owner)) |
| 5592 | sym_count = (elf_tdata (sec->owner)->symtab_hdr.sh_size |
| 5593 | / sizeof (Elf_External_Sym)); |
| 5594 | else |
| 5595 | sym_count = elf_tdata (sec->owner)->symtab_hdr.sh_info; |
| 5596 | |
| 5597 | if (sym_count > max_sym_count) |
| 5598 | max_sym_count = sym_count; |
| 5599 | |
| 5600 | if ((sec->flags & SEC_RELOC) != 0) |
| 5601 | { |
| 5602 | size_t ext_size; |
| 5603 | |
| 5604 | ext_size = elf_section_data (sec)->rel_hdr.sh_size; |
| 5605 | if (ext_size > max_external_reloc_size) |
| 5606 | max_external_reloc_size = ext_size; |
| 5607 | if (sec->reloc_count > max_internal_reloc_count) |
| 5608 | max_internal_reloc_count = sec->reloc_count; |
| 5609 | } |
| 5610 | } |
| 5611 | } |
| 5612 | } |
| 5613 | |
| 5614 | if (o->reloc_count > 0) |
| 5615 | o->flags |= SEC_RELOC; |
| 5616 | else |
| 5617 | { |
| 5618 | /* Explicitly clear the SEC_RELOC flag. The linker tends to |
| 5619 | set it (this is probably a bug) and if it is set |
| 5620 | assign_section_numbers will create a reloc section. */ |
| 5621 | o->flags &=~ SEC_RELOC; |
| 5622 | } |
| 5623 | |
| 5624 | /* If the SEC_ALLOC flag is not set, force the section VMA to |
| 5625 | zero. This is done in elf_fake_sections as well, but forcing |
| 5626 | the VMA to 0 here will ensure that relocs against these |
| 5627 | sections are handled correctly. */ |
| 5628 | if ((o->flags & SEC_ALLOC) == 0) |
| 5629 | o->vma = 0; |
| 5630 | } |
| 5631 | |
| 5632 | /* Figure out the file positions for everything but the symbol table |
| 5633 | and the relocs. We set symcount to force assign_section_numbers |
| 5634 | to create a symbol table. */ |
| 5635 | abfd->symcount = info->strip == strip_all ? 0 : 1; |
| 5636 | BFD_ASSERT (! abfd->output_has_begun); |
| 5637 | if (! elf_compute_section_file_positions (abfd, info)) |
| 5638 | goto error_return; |
| 5639 | |
| 5640 | /* That created the reloc sections. Set their sizes, and assign |
| 5641 | them file positions, and allocate some buffers. */ |
| 5642 | for (o = abfd->sections; o != NULL; o = o->next) |
| 5643 | { |
| 5644 | if ((o->flags & SEC_RELOC) != 0) |
| 5645 | { |
| 5646 | Elf_Internal_Shdr *rel_hdr; |
| 5647 | register struct elf_link_hash_entry **p, **pend; |
| 5648 | |
| 5649 | rel_hdr = &elf_section_data (o)->rel_hdr; |
| 5650 | |
| 5651 | rel_hdr->sh_size = rel_hdr->sh_entsize * o->reloc_count; |
| 5652 | |
| 5653 | /* The contents field must last into write_object_contents, |
| 5654 | so we allocate it with bfd_alloc rather than malloc. */ |
| 5655 | rel_hdr->contents = (PTR) bfd_alloc (abfd, rel_hdr->sh_size); |
| 5656 | if (rel_hdr->contents == NULL && rel_hdr->sh_size != 0) |
| 5657 | { |
| 5658 | bfd_set_error (bfd_error_no_memory); |
| 5659 | goto error_return; |
| 5660 | } |
| 5661 | |
| 5662 | p = ((struct elf_link_hash_entry **) |
| 5663 | malloc (o->reloc_count |
| 5664 | * sizeof (struct elf_link_hash_entry *))); |
| 5665 | if (p == NULL && o->reloc_count != 0) |
| 5666 | { |
| 5667 | bfd_set_error (bfd_error_no_memory); |
| 5668 | goto error_return; |
| 5669 | } |
| 5670 | elf_section_data (o)->rel_hashes = p; |
| 5671 | pend = p + o->reloc_count; |
| 5672 | for (; p < pend; p++) |
| 5673 | *p = NULL; |
| 5674 | |
| 5675 | /* Use the reloc_count field as an index when outputting the |
| 5676 | relocs. */ |
| 5677 | o->reloc_count = 0; |
| 5678 | } |
| 5679 | } |
| 5680 | |
| 5681 | assign_file_positions_for_relocs (abfd); |
| 5682 | |
| 5683 | /* We have now assigned file positions for all the sections except |
| 5684 | .symtab and .strtab. We start the .symtab section at the current |
| 5685 | file position, and write directly to it. We build the .strtab |
| 5686 | section in memory. When we add .dynsym support, we will build |
| 5687 | that in memory as well (.dynsym is smaller than .symtab). */ |
| 5688 | abfd->symcount = 0; |
| 5689 | symtab_hdr = &elf_tdata (abfd)->symtab_hdr; |
| 5690 | /* sh_name is set in prep_headers. */ |
| 5691 | symtab_hdr->sh_type = SHT_SYMTAB; |
| 5692 | symtab_hdr->sh_flags = 0; |
| 5693 | symtab_hdr->sh_addr = 0; |
| 5694 | symtab_hdr->sh_size = 0; |
| 5695 | symtab_hdr->sh_entsize = sizeof (Elf_External_Sym); |
| 5696 | /* sh_link is set in assign_section_numbers. */ |
| 5697 | /* sh_info is set below. */ |
| 5698 | /* sh_offset is set just below. */ |
| 5699 | symtab_hdr->sh_addralign = 4; /* FIXME: system dependent? */ |
| 5700 | |
| 5701 | off = elf_tdata (abfd)->next_file_pos; |
| 5702 | off = assign_file_position_for_section (symtab_hdr, off, true); |
| 5703 | |
| 5704 | /* Note that at this point elf_tdata (abfd)->next_file_pos is |
| 5705 | incorrect. We do not yet know the size of the .symtab section. |
| 5706 | We correct next_file_pos below, after we do know the size. */ |
| 5707 | |
| 5708 | /* Allocate a buffer to hold swapped out symbols. This is to avoid |
| 5709 | continuously seeking to the right position in the file. */ |
| 5710 | if (! info->keep_memory || max_sym_count < 20) |
| 5711 | finfo.symbuf_size = 20; |
| 5712 | else |
| 5713 | finfo.symbuf_size = max_sym_count; |
| 5714 | finfo.symbuf = ((Elf_External_Sym *) |
| 5715 | malloc (finfo.symbuf_size * sizeof (Elf_External_Sym))); |
| 5716 | if (finfo.symbuf == NULL) |
| 5717 | { |
| 5718 | bfd_set_error (bfd_error_no_memory); |
| 5719 | goto error_return; |
| 5720 | } |
| 5721 | |
| 5722 | /* Start writing out the symbol table. The first symbol is always a |
| 5723 | dummy symbol. */ |
| 5724 | elfsym.st_value = 0; |
| 5725 | elfsym.st_size = 0; |
| 5726 | elfsym.st_info = 0; |
| 5727 | elfsym.st_other = 0; |
| 5728 | elfsym.st_shndx = SHN_UNDEF; |
| 5729 | if (! elf_link_output_sym (&finfo, (const char *) NULL, |
| 5730 | &elfsym, bfd_und_section_ptr)) |
| 5731 | goto error_return; |
| 5732 | |
| 5733 | #if 0 |
| 5734 | /* Some standard ELF linkers do this, but we don't because it causes |
| 5735 | bootstrap comparison failures. */ |
| 5736 | /* Output a file symbol for the output file as the second symbol. |
| 5737 | We output this even if we are discarding local symbols, although |
| 5738 | I'm not sure if this is correct. */ |
| 5739 | elfsym.st_value = 0; |
| 5740 | elfsym.st_size = 0; |
| 5741 | elfsym.st_info = ELF_ST_INFO (STB_LOCAL, STT_FILE); |
| 5742 | elfsym.st_other = 0; |
| 5743 | elfsym.st_shndx = SHN_ABS; |
| 5744 | if (! elf_link_output_sym (&finfo, bfd_get_filename (abfd), |
| 5745 | &elfsym, bfd_abs_section_ptr)) |
| 5746 | goto error_return; |
| 5747 | #endif |
| 5748 | |
| 5749 | /* Output a symbol for each section. We output these even if we are |
| 5750 | discarding local symbols, since they are used for relocs. These |
| 5751 | symbols have no names. We store the index of each one in the |
| 5752 | index field of the section, so that we can find it again when |
| 5753 | outputting relocs. */ |
| 5754 | elfsym.st_value = 0; |
| 5755 | elfsym.st_size = 0; |
| 5756 | elfsym.st_info = ELF_ST_INFO (STB_LOCAL, STT_SECTION); |
| 5757 | elfsym.st_other = 0; |
| 5758 | for (i = 1; i < elf_elfheader (abfd)->e_shnum; i++) |
| 5759 | { |
| 5760 | o = section_from_elf_index (abfd, i); |
| 5761 | if (o != NULL) |
| 5762 | o->target_index = abfd->symcount; |
| 5763 | elfsym.st_shndx = i; |
| 5764 | if (! elf_link_output_sym (&finfo, (const char *) NULL, |
| 5765 | &elfsym, o)) |
| 5766 | goto error_return; |
| 5767 | } |
| 5768 | |
| 5769 | /* Allocate some memory to hold information read in from the input |
| 5770 | files. */ |
| 5771 | finfo.contents = (bfd_byte *) malloc (max_contents_size); |
| 5772 | finfo.external_relocs = (PTR) malloc (max_external_reloc_size); |
| 5773 | finfo.internal_relocs = ((Elf_Internal_Rela *) |
| 5774 | malloc (max_internal_reloc_count |
| 5775 | * sizeof (Elf_Internal_Rela))); |
| 5776 | finfo.external_syms = ((Elf_External_Sym *) |
| 5777 | malloc (max_sym_count * sizeof (Elf_External_Sym))); |
| 5778 | finfo.internal_syms = ((Elf_Internal_Sym *) |
| 5779 | malloc (max_sym_count * sizeof (Elf_Internal_Sym))); |
| 5780 | finfo.indices = (long *) malloc (max_sym_count * sizeof (long)); |
| 5781 | finfo.sections = (asection **) malloc (max_sym_count * sizeof (asection *)); |
| 5782 | if ((finfo.contents == NULL && max_contents_size != 0) |
| 5783 | || (finfo.external_relocs == NULL && max_external_reloc_size != 0) |
| 5784 | || (finfo.internal_relocs == NULL && max_internal_reloc_count != 0) |
| 5785 | || (finfo.external_syms == NULL && max_sym_count != 0) |
| 5786 | || (finfo.internal_syms == NULL && max_sym_count != 0) |
| 5787 | || (finfo.indices == NULL && max_sym_count != 0) |
| 5788 | || (finfo.sections == NULL && max_sym_count != 0)) |
| 5789 | { |
| 5790 | bfd_set_error (bfd_error_no_memory); |
| 5791 | goto error_return; |
| 5792 | } |
| 5793 | |
| 5794 | /* Since ELF permits relocations to be against local symbols, we |
| 5795 | must have the local symbols available when we do the relocations. |
| 5796 | Since we would rather only read the local symbols once, and we |
| 5797 | would rather not keep them in memory, we handle all the |
| 5798 | relocations for a single input file at the same time. |
| 5799 | |
| 5800 | Unfortunately, there is no way to know the total number of local |
| 5801 | symbols until we have seen all of them, and the local symbol |
| 5802 | indices precede the global symbol indices. This means that when |
| 5803 | we are generating relocateable output, and we see a reloc against |
| 5804 | a global symbol, we can not know the symbol index until we have |
| 5805 | finished examining all the local symbols to see which ones we are |
| 5806 | going to output. To deal with this, we keep the relocations in |
| 5807 | memory, and don't output them until the end of the link. This is |
| 5808 | an unfortunate waste of memory, but I don't see a good way around |
| 5809 | it. Fortunately, it only happens when performing a relocateable |
| 5810 | link, which is not the common case. FIXME: If keep_memory is set |
| 5811 | we could write the relocs out and then read them again; I don't |
| 5812 | know how bad the memory loss will be. */ |
| 5813 | |
| 5814 | for (sub = info->input_bfds; sub != NULL; sub = sub->next) |
| 5815 | sub->output_has_begun = false; |
| 5816 | for (o = abfd->sections; o != NULL; o = o->next) |
| 5817 | { |
| 5818 | for (p = o->link_order_head; p != NULL; p = p->next) |
| 5819 | { |
| 5820 | if (p->type == bfd_indirect_link_order |
| 5821 | && (bfd_get_flavour (p->u.indirect.section->owner) |
| 5822 | == bfd_target_elf_flavour)) |
| 5823 | { |
| 5824 | sub = p->u.indirect.section->owner; |
| 5825 | if (! sub->output_has_begun) |
| 5826 | { |
| 5827 | if (! elf_link_input_bfd (&finfo, sub)) |
| 5828 | goto error_return; |
| 5829 | sub->output_has_begun = true; |
| 5830 | } |
| 5831 | } |
| 5832 | else if (p->type == bfd_section_reloc_link_order |
| 5833 | || p->type == bfd_symbol_reloc_link_order) |
| 5834 | { |
| 5835 | if (! elf_reloc_link_order (abfd, info, o, p)) |
| 5836 | goto error_return; |
| 5837 | } |
| 5838 | else |
| 5839 | { |
| 5840 | if (! _bfd_default_link_order (abfd, info, o, p)) |
| 5841 | goto error_return; |
| 5842 | } |
| 5843 | } |
| 5844 | } |
| 5845 | |
| 5846 | /* That wrote out all the local symbols. Finish up the symbol table |
| 5847 | with the global symbols. */ |
| 5848 | |
| 5849 | /* The sh_info field records the index of the first non local |
| 5850 | symbol. */ |
| 5851 | symtab_hdr->sh_info = abfd->symcount; |
| 5852 | if (dynamic) |
| 5853 | elf_section_data (finfo.dynsym_sec->output_section)->this_hdr.sh_info = 1; |
| 5854 | |
| 5855 | /* We get the global symbols from the hash table. */ |
| 5856 | eif.failed = false; |
| 5857 | eif.finfo = &finfo; |
| 5858 | elf_link_hash_traverse (elf_hash_table (info), elf_link_output_extsym, |
| 5859 | (PTR) &eif); |
| 5860 | if (eif.failed) |
| 5861 | return false; |
| 5862 | |
| 5863 | /* Flush all symbols to the file. */ |
| 5864 | if (! elf_link_flush_output_syms (&finfo)) |
| 5865 | return false; |
| 5866 | |
| 5867 | /* Now we know the size of the symtab section. */ |
| 5868 | off += symtab_hdr->sh_size; |
| 5869 | |
| 5870 | /* Finish up and write out the symbol string table (.strtab) |
| 5871 | section. */ |
| 5872 | symstrtab_hdr = &elf_tdata (abfd)->strtab_hdr; |
| 5873 | /* sh_name was set in prep_headers. */ |
| 5874 | symstrtab_hdr->sh_type = SHT_STRTAB; |
| 5875 | symstrtab_hdr->sh_flags = 0; |
| 5876 | symstrtab_hdr->sh_addr = 0; |
| 5877 | symstrtab_hdr->sh_size = _bfd_stringtab_size (finfo.symstrtab); |
| 5878 | symstrtab_hdr->sh_entsize = 0; |
| 5879 | symstrtab_hdr->sh_link = 0; |
| 5880 | symstrtab_hdr->sh_info = 0; |
| 5881 | /* sh_offset is set just below. */ |
| 5882 | symstrtab_hdr->sh_addralign = 1; |
| 5883 | |
| 5884 | off = assign_file_position_for_section (symstrtab_hdr, off, true); |
| 5885 | elf_tdata (abfd)->next_file_pos = off; |
| 5886 | |
| 5887 | if (bfd_seek (abfd, symstrtab_hdr->sh_offset, SEEK_SET) != 0 |
| 5888 | || ! _bfd_stringtab_emit (abfd, finfo.symstrtab)) |
| 5889 | return false; |
| 5890 | |
| 5891 | /* Adjust the relocs to have the correct symbol indices. */ |
| 5892 | for (o = abfd->sections; o != NULL; o = o->next) |
| 5893 | { |
| 5894 | struct elf_link_hash_entry **rel_hash; |
| 5895 | Elf_Internal_Shdr *rel_hdr; |
| 5896 | |
| 5897 | if ((o->flags & SEC_RELOC) == 0) |
| 5898 | continue; |
| 5899 | |
| 5900 | rel_hash = elf_section_data (o)->rel_hashes; |
| 5901 | rel_hdr = &elf_section_data (o)->rel_hdr; |
| 5902 | for (i = 0; i < o->reloc_count; i++, rel_hash++) |
| 5903 | { |
| 5904 | if (*rel_hash == NULL) |
| 5905 | continue; |
| 5906 | |
| 5907 | BFD_ASSERT ((*rel_hash)->indx >= 0); |
| 5908 | |
| 5909 | if (rel_hdr->sh_entsize == sizeof (Elf_External_Rel)) |
| 5910 | { |
| 5911 | Elf_External_Rel *erel; |
| 5912 | Elf_Internal_Rel irel; |
| 5913 | |
| 5914 | erel = (Elf_External_Rel *) rel_hdr->contents + i; |
| 5915 | elf_swap_reloc_in (abfd, erel, &irel); |
| 5916 | irel.r_info = ELF_R_INFO ((*rel_hash)->indx, |
| 5917 | ELF_R_TYPE (irel.r_info)); |
| 5918 | elf_swap_reloc_out (abfd, &irel, erel); |
| 5919 | } |
| 5920 | else |
| 5921 | { |
| 5922 | Elf_External_Rela *erela; |
| 5923 | Elf_Internal_Rela irela; |
| 5924 | |
| 5925 | BFD_ASSERT (rel_hdr->sh_entsize |
| 5926 | == sizeof (Elf_External_Rela)); |
| 5927 | |
| 5928 | erela = (Elf_External_Rela *) rel_hdr->contents + i; |
| 5929 | elf_swap_reloca_in (abfd, erela, &irela); |
| 5930 | irela.r_info = ELF_R_INFO ((*rel_hash)->indx, |
| 5931 | ELF_R_TYPE (irela.r_info)); |
| 5932 | elf_swap_reloca_out (abfd, &irela, erela); |
| 5933 | } |
| 5934 | } |
| 5935 | |
| 5936 | /* Set the reloc_count field to 0 to prevent write_relocs from |
| 5937 | trying to swap the relocs out itself. */ |
| 5938 | o->reloc_count = 0; |
| 5939 | } |
| 5940 | |
| 5941 | /* If we are linking against a dynamic object, or generating a |
| 5942 | shared library, finish up the dynamic linking information. */ |
| 5943 | if (dynamic) |
| 5944 | { |
| 5945 | Elf_External_Dyn *dyncon, *dynconend; |
| 5946 | |
| 5947 | /* Fix up .dynamic entries. */ |
| 5948 | o = bfd_get_section_by_name (dynobj, ".dynamic"); |
| 5949 | BFD_ASSERT (o != NULL); |
| 5950 | |
| 5951 | dyncon = (Elf_External_Dyn *) o->contents; |
| 5952 | dynconend = (Elf_External_Dyn *) (o->contents + o->_raw_size); |
| 5953 | for (; dyncon < dynconend; dyncon++) |
| 5954 | { |
| 5955 | Elf_Internal_Dyn dyn; |
| 5956 | const char *name; |
| 5957 | unsigned int type; |
| 5958 | |
| 5959 | elf_swap_dyn_in (dynobj, dyncon, &dyn); |
| 5960 | |
| 5961 | switch (dyn.d_tag) |
| 5962 | { |
| 5963 | default: |
| 5964 | break; |
| 5965 | |
| 5966 | /* SVR4 linkers seem to set DT_INIT and DT_FINI based on |
| 5967 | magic _init and _fini symbols. This is pretty ugly, |
| 5968 | but we are compatible. */ |
| 5969 | case DT_INIT: |
| 5970 | name = "_init"; |
| 5971 | goto get_sym; |
| 5972 | case DT_FINI: |
| 5973 | name = "_fini"; |
| 5974 | get_sym: |
| 5975 | { |
| 5976 | struct elf_link_hash_entry *h; |
| 5977 | |
| 5978 | h = elf_link_hash_lookup (elf_hash_table (info), name, |
| 5979 | false, false, true); |
| 5980 | BFD_ASSERT (h != NULL); |
| 5981 | if (h->root.type == bfd_link_hash_defined |
| 5982 | || h->root.type == bfd_link_hash_defweak) |
| 5983 | { |
| 5984 | dyn.d_un.d_val = h->root.u.def.value; |
| 5985 | o = h->root.u.def.section; |
| 5986 | if (o->output_section != NULL) |
| 5987 | dyn.d_un.d_val += (o->output_section->vma |
| 5988 | + o->output_offset); |
| 5989 | else |
| 5990 | /* The symbol is imported from another shared |
| 5991 | library and does not apply to this one. */ |
| 5992 | dyn.d_un.d_val = 0; |
| 5993 | } |
| 5994 | elf_swap_dyn_out (dynobj, &dyn, dyncon); |
| 5995 | } |
| 5996 | break; |
| 5997 | |
| 5998 | case DT_HASH: |
| 5999 | name = ".hash"; |
| 6000 | goto get_vma; |
| 6001 | case DT_STRTAB: |
| 6002 | name = ".dynstr"; |
| 6003 | goto get_vma; |
| 6004 | case DT_SYMTAB: |
| 6005 | name = ".dynsym"; |
| 6006 | get_vma: |
| 6007 | o = bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd, name); |
| 6008 | BFD_ASSERT (o != NULL); |
| 6009 | dyn.d_un.d_ptr = o->vma; |
| 6010 | elf_swap_dyn_out (dynobj, &dyn, dyncon); |
| 6011 | break; |
| 6012 | |
| 6013 | case DT_REL: |
| 6014 | case DT_RELA: |
| 6015 | case DT_RELSZ: |
| 6016 | case DT_RELASZ: |
| 6017 | if (dyn.d_tag == DT_REL || dyn.d_tag == DT_RELSZ) |
| 6018 | type = SHT_REL; |
| 6019 | else |
| 6020 | type = SHT_RELA; |
| 6021 | dyn.d_un.d_val = 0; |
| 6022 | for (i = 1; i < elf_elfheader (abfd)->e_shnum; i++) |
| 6023 | { |
| 6024 | Elf_Internal_Shdr *hdr; |
| 6025 | |
| 6026 | hdr = elf_elfsections (abfd)[i]; |
| 6027 | if (hdr->sh_type == type |
| 6028 | && (hdr->sh_flags & SHF_ALLOC) != 0) |
| 6029 | { |
| 6030 | if (dyn.d_tag == DT_RELSZ || dyn.d_tag == DT_RELASZ) |
| 6031 | dyn.d_un.d_val += hdr->sh_size; |
| 6032 | else |
| 6033 | { |
| 6034 | if (dyn.d_un.d_val == 0 |
| 6035 | || hdr->sh_addr < dyn.d_un.d_val) |
| 6036 | dyn.d_un.d_val = hdr->sh_addr; |
| 6037 | } |
| 6038 | } |
| 6039 | } |
| 6040 | elf_swap_dyn_out (dynobj, &dyn, dyncon); |
| 6041 | break; |
| 6042 | } |
| 6043 | } |
| 6044 | } |
| 6045 | |
| 6046 | /* If we have created any dynamic sections, then output them. */ |
| 6047 | if (dynobj != NULL) |
| 6048 | { |
| 6049 | if (! (*bed->elf_backend_finish_dynamic_sections) (abfd, info)) |
| 6050 | goto error_return; |
| 6051 | |
| 6052 | for (o = dynobj->sections; o != NULL; o = o->next) |
| 6053 | { |
| 6054 | if ((o->flags & SEC_HAS_CONTENTS) == 0 |
| 6055 | || o->_raw_size == 0) |
| 6056 | continue; |
| 6057 | if ((o->flags & SEC_IN_MEMORY) == 0) |
| 6058 | { |
| 6059 | /* At this point, we are only interested in sections |
| 6060 | created by elf_link_create_dynamic_sections. FIXME: |
| 6061 | This test is fragile. */ |
| 6062 | continue; |
| 6063 | } |
| 6064 | if ((elf_section_data (o->output_section)->this_hdr.sh_type |
| 6065 | != SHT_STRTAB) |
| 6066 | || strcmp (bfd_get_section_name (abfd, o), ".dynstr") != 0) |
| 6067 | { |
| 6068 | if (! bfd_set_section_contents (abfd, o->output_section, |
| 6069 | o->contents, o->output_offset, |
| 6070 | o->_raw_size)) |
| 6071 | goto error_return; |
| 6072 | } |
| 6073 | else |
| 6074 | { |
| 6075 | file_ptr off; |
| 6076 | |
| 6077 | /* The contents of the .dynstr section are actually in a |
| 6078 | stringtab. */ |
| 6079 | off = elf_section_data (o->output_section)->this_hdr.sh_offset; |
| 6080 | if (bfd_seek (abfd, off, SEEK_SET) != 0 |
| 6081 | || ! _bfd_stringtab_emit (abfd, |
| 6082 | elf_hash_table (info)->dynstr)) |
| 6083 | goto error_return; |
| 6084 | } |
| 6085 | } |
| 6086 | } |
| 6087 | |
| 6088 | if (finfo.symstrtab != NULL) |
| 6089 | _bfd_stringtab_free (finfo.symstrtab); |
| 6090 | if (finfo.contents != NULL) |
| 6091 | free (finfo.contents); |
| 6092 | if (finfo.external_relocs != NULL) |
| 6093 | free (finfo.external_relocs); |
| 6094 | if (finfo.internal_relocs != NULL) |
| 6095 | free (finfo.internal_relocs); |
| 6096 | if (finfo.external_syms != NULL) |
| 6097 | free (finfo.external_syms); |
| 6098 | if (finfo.internal_syms != NULL) |
| 6099 | free (finfo.internal_syms); |
| 6100 | if (finfo.indices != NULL) |
| 6101 | free (finfo.indices); |
| 6102 | if (finfo.sections != NULL) |
| 6103 | free (finfo.sections); |
| 6104 | if (finfo.symbuf != NULL) |
| 6105 | free (finfo.symbuf); |
| 6106 | for (o = abfd->sections; o != NULL; o = o->next) |
| 6107 | { |
| 6108 | if ((o->flags & SEC_RELOC) != 0 |
| 6109 | && elf_section_data (o)->rel_hashes != NULL) |
| 6110 | free (elf_section_data (o)->rel_hashes); |
| 6111 | } |
| 6112 | |
| 6113 | elf_tdata (abfd)->linker = true; |
| 6114 | |
| 6115 | return true; |
| 6116 | |
| 6117 | error_return: |
| 6118 | if (finfo.symstrtab != NULL) |
| 6119 | _bfd_stringtab_free (finfo.symstrtab); |
| 6120 | if (finfo.contents != NULL) |
| 6121 | free (finfo.contents); |
| 6122 | if (finfo.external_relocs != NULL) |
| 6123 | free (finfo.external_relocs); |
| 6124 | if (finfo.internal_relocs != NULL) |
| 6125 | free (finfo.internal_relocs); |
| 6126 | if (finfo.external_syms != NULL) |
| 6127 | free (finfo.external_syms); |
| 6128 | if (finfo.internal_syms != NULL) |
| 6129 | free (finfo.internal_syms); |
| 6130 | if (finfo.indices != NULL) |
| 6131 | free (finfo.indices); |
| 6132 | if (finfo.sections != NULL) |
| 6133 | free (finfo.sections); |
| 6134 | if (finfo.symbuf != NULL) |
| 6135 | free (finfo.symbuf); |
| 6136 | for (o = abfd->sections; o != NULL; o = o->next) |
| 6137 | { |
| 6138 | if ((o->flags & SEC_RELOC) != 0 |
| 6139 | && elf_section_data (o)->rel_hashes != NULL) |
| 6140 | free (elf_section_data (o)->rel_hashes); |
| 6141 | } |
| 6142 | |
| 6143 | return false; |
| 6144 | } |
| 6145 | |
| 6146 | /* Add a symbol to the output symbol table. */ |
| 6147 | |
| 6148 | static boolean |
| 6149 | elf_link_output_sym (finfo, name, elfsym, input_sec) |
| 6150 | struct elf_final_link_info *finfo; |
| 6151 | const char *name; |
| 6152 | Elf_Internal_Sym *elfsym; |
| 6153 | asection *input_sec; |
| 6154 | { |
| 6155 | boolean (*output_symbol_hook) PARAMS ((bfd *, |
| 6156 | struct bfd_link_info *info, |
| 6157 | const char *, |
| 6158 | Elf_Internal_Sym *, |
| 6159 | asection *)); |
| 6160 | |
| 6161 | output_symbol_hook = get_elf_backend_data (finfo->output_bfd)-> |
| 6162 | elf_backend_link_output_symbol_hook; |
| 6163 | if (output_symbol_hook != NULL) |
| 6164 | { |
| 6165 | if (! ((*output_symbol_hook) |
| 6166 | (finfo->output_bfd, finfo->info, name, elfsym, input_sec))) |
| 6167 | return false; |
| 6168 | } |
| 6169 | |
| 6170 | if (name == (const char *) NULL || *name == '\0') |
| 6171 | elfsym->st_name = 0; |
| 6172 | else |
| 6173 | { |
| 6174 | elfsym->st_name = (unsigned long) _bfd_stringtab_add (finfo->symstrtab, |
| 6175 | name, true, |
| 6176 | false); |
| 6177 | if (elfsym->st_name == (unsigned long) -1) |
| 6178 | return false; |
| 6179 | } |
| 6180 | |
| 6181 | if (finfo->symbuf_count >= finfo->symbuf_size) |
| 6182 | { |
| 6183 | if (! elf_link_flush_output_syms (finfo)) |
| 6184 | return false; |
| 6185 | } |
| 6186 | |
| 6187 | elf_swap_symbol_out (finfo->output_bfd, elfsym, |
| 6188 | finfo->symbuf + finfo->symbuf_count); |
| 6189 | ++finfo->symbuf_count; |
| 6190 | |
| 6191 | ++finfo->output_bfd->symcount; |
| 6192 | |
| 6193 | return true; |
| 6194 | } |
| 6195 | |
| 6196 | /* Flush the output symbols to the file. */ |
| 6197 | |
| 6198 | static boolean |
| 6199 | elf_link_flush_output_syms (finfo) |
| 6200 | struct elf_final_link_info *finfo; |
| 6201 | { |
| 6202 | Elf_Internal_Shdr *symtab; |
| 6203 | |
| 6204 | symtab = &elf_tdata (finfo->output_bfd)->symtab_hdr; |
| 6205 | |
| 6206 | if (bfd_seek (finfo->output_bfd, symtab->sh_offset + symtab->sh_size, |
| 6207 | SEEK_SET) != 0 |
| 6208 | || (bfd_write ((PTR) finfo->symbuf, finfo->symbuf_count, |
| 6209 | sizeof (Elf_External_Sym), finfo->output_bfd) |
| 6210 | != finfo->symbuf_count * sizeof (Elf_External_Sym))) |
| 6211 | return false; |
| 6212 | |
| 6213 | symtab->sh_size += finfo->symbuf_count * sizeof (Elf_External_Sym); |
| 6214 | |
| 6215 | finfo->symbuf_count = 0; |
| 6216 | |
| 6217 | return true; |
| 6218 | } |
| 6219 | |
| 6220 | /* Add an external symbol to the symbol table. This is called from |
| 6221 | the hash table traversal routine. */ |
| 6222 | |
| 6223 | static boolean |
| 6224 | elf_link_output_extsym (h, data) |
| 6225 | struct elf_link_hash_entry *h; |
| 6226 | PTR data; |
| 6227 | { |
| 6228 | struct elf_finfo_failed *eif = (struct elf_finfo_failed *) data; |
| 6229 | struct elf_final_link_info *finfo = eif->finfo; |
| 6230 | boolean strip; |
| 6231 | Elf_Internal_Sym sym; |
| 6232 | asection *input_sec; |
| 6233 | |
| 6234 | /* If we are not creating a shared library, and this symbol is |
| 6235 | referenced by a shared library but is not defined anywhere, then |
| 6236 | warn that it is undefined. If we do not do this, the runtime |
| 6237 | linker will complain that the symbol is undefined when the |
| 6238 | program is run. We don't have to worry about symbols that are |
| 6239 | referenced by regular files, because we will already have issued |
| 6240 | warnings for them. |
| 6241 | |
| 6242 | FIXME: If we are linking against an object which uses DT_NEEDED, |
| 6243 | we don't give this warning, because it might be the case that the |
| 6244 | needed dynamic object will define the symbols. Unfortunately, |
| 6245 | this makes this type of check much less useful, but the only way |
| 6246 | to fix it would be to locate the needed object and read its |
| 6247 | symbol table. That seems like a real waste of time just to give |
| 6248 | better error messages. */ |
| 6249 | if (! finfo->info->relocateable |
| 6250 | && ! finfo->info->shared |
| 6251 | && ! elf_hash_table (finfo->info)->saw_needed |
| 6252 | && h->root.type == bfd_link_hash_undefined |
| 6253 | && (h->elf_link_hash_flags & ELF_LINK_HASH_REF_DYNAMIC) != 0 |
| 6254 | && (h->elf_link_hash_flags & ELF_LINK_HASH_REF_REGULAR) == 0) |
| 6255 | { |
| 6256 | if (! ((*finfo->info->callbacks->undefined_symbol) |
| 6257 | (finfo->info, h->root.root.string, h->root.u.undef.abfd, |
| 6258 | (asection *) NULL, 0))) |
| 6259 | { |
| 6260 | eif->failed = true; |
| 6261 | return false; |
| 6262 | } |
| 6263 | } |
| 6264 | |
| 6265 | /* We don't want to output symbols that have never been mentioned by |
| 6266 | a regular file, or that we have been told to strip. However, if |
| 6267 | h->indx is set to -2, the symbol is used by a reloc and we must |
| 6268 | output it. */ |
| 6269 | if (h->indx == -2) |
| 6270 | strip = false; |
| 6271 | else if (((h->elf_link_hash_flags & ELF_LINK_HASH_DEF_DYNAMIC) != 0 |
| 6272 | || (h->elf_link_hash_flags & ELF_LINK_HASH_REF_DYNAMIC) != 0) |
| 6273 | && (h->elf_link_hash_flags & ELF_LINK_HASH_DEF_REGULAR) == 0 |
| 6274 | && (h->elf_link_hash_flags & ELF_LINK_HASH_REF_REGULAR) == 0) |
| 6275 | strip = true; |
| 6276 | else if (finfo->info->strip == strip_all |
| 6277 | || (finfo->info->strip == strip_some |
| 6278 | && bfd_hash_lookup (finfo->info->keep_hash, |
| 6279 | h->root.root.string, |
| 6280 | false, false) == NULL)) |
| 6281 | strip = true; |
| 6282 | else |
| 6283 | strip = false; |
| 6284 | |
| 6285 | /* If we're stripping it, and it's not a dynamic symbol, there's |
| 6286 | nothing else to do. */ |
| 6287 | if (strip && h->dynindx == -1) |
| 6288 | return true; |
| 6289 | |
| 6290 | sym.st_value = 0; |
| 6291 | sym.st_size = h->size; |
| 6292 | sym.st_other = 0; |
| 6293 | if (h->root.type == bfd_link_hash_undefweak |
| 6294 | || h->root.type == bfd_link_hash_defweak) |
| 6295 | sym.st_info = ELF_ST_INFO (STB_WEAK, h->type); |
| 6296 | else |
| 6297 | sym.st_info = ELF_ST_INFO (STB_GLOBAL, h->type); |
| 6298 | |
| 6299 | switch (h->root.type) |
| 6300 | { |
| 6301 | default: |
| 6302 | case bfd_link_hash_new: |
| 6303 | abort (); |
| 6304 | return false; |
| 6305 | |
| 6306 | case bfd_link_hash_undefined: |
| 6307 | input_sec = bfd_und_section_ptr; |
| 6308 | sym.st_shndx = SHN_UNDEF; |
| 6309 | break; |
| 6310 | |
| 6311 | case bfd_link_hash_undefweak: |
| 6312 | input_sec = bfd_und_section_ptr; |
| 6313 | sym.st_shndx = SHN_UNDEF; |
| 6314 | break; |
| 6315 | |
| 6316 | case bfd_link_hash_defined: |
| 6317 | case bfd_link_hash_defweak: |
| 6318 | { |
| 6319 | input_sec = h->root.u.def.section; |
| 6320 | if (input_sec->output_section != NULL) |
| 6321 | { |
| 6322 | sym.st_shndx = |
| 6323 | elf_section_from_bfd_section (finfo->output_bfd, |
| 6324 | input_sec->output_section); |
| 6325 | if (sym.st_shndx == (unsigned short) -1) |
| 6326 | { |
| 6327 | eif->failed = true; |
| 6328 | return false; |
| 6329 | } |
| 6330 | |
| 6331 | /* ELF symbols in relocateable files are section relative, |
| 6332 | but in nonrelocateable files they are virtual |
| 6333 | addresses. */ |
| 6334 | sym.st_value = h->root.u.def.value + input_sec->output_offset; |
| 6335 | if (! finfo->info->relocateable) |
| 6336 | sym.st_value += input_sec->output_section->vma; |
| 6337 | } |
| 6338 | else |
| 6339 | { |
| 6340 | BFD_ASSERT ((bfd_get_flavour (input_sec->owner) |
| 6341 | == bfd_target_elf_flavour) |
| 6342 | && elf_elfheader (input_sec->owner)->e_type == ET_DYN); |
| 6343 | sym.st_shndx = SHN_UNDEF; |
| 6344 | input_sec = bfd_und_section_ptr; |
| 6345 | } |
| 6346 | } |
| 6347 | break; |
| 6348 | |
| 6349 | case bfd_link_hash_common: |
| 6350 | input_sec = bfd_com_section_ptr; |
| 6351 | sym.st_shndx = SHN_COMMON; |
| 6352 | sym.st_value = 1 << h->root.u.c.p->alignment_power; |
| 6353 | break; |
| 6354 | |
| 6355 | case bfd_link_hash_indirect: |
| 6356 | case bfd_link_hash_warning: |
| 6357 | /* I have no idea how these should be handled. */ |
| 6358 | return true; |
| 6359 | } |
| 6360 | |
| 6361 | /* If this symbol should be put in the .dynsym section, then put it |
| 6362 | there now. We have already know the symbol index. We also fill |
| 6363 | in the entry in the .hash section. */ |
| 6364 | if (h->dynindx != -1 |
| 6365 | && elf_hash_table (finfo->info)->dynamic_sections_created) |
| 6366 | { |
| 6367 | struct elf_backend_data *bed; |
| 6368 | size_t bucketcount; |
| 6369 | size_t bucket; |
| 6370 | bfd_byte *bucketpos; |
| 6371 | bfd_vma chain; |
| 6372 | |
| 6373 | sym.st_name = h->dynstr_index; |
| 6374 | |
| 6375 | /* Give the processor backend a chance to tweak the symbol |
| 6376 | value, and also to finish up anything that needs to be done |
| 6377 | for this symbol. */ |
| 6378 | bed = get_elf_backend_data (finfo->output_bfd); |
| 6379 | if (! ((*bed->elf_backend_finish_dynamic_symbol) |
| 6380 | (finfo->output_bfd, finfo->info, h, &sym))) |
| 6381 | { |
| 6382 | eif->failed = true; |
| 6383 | return false; |
| 6384 | } |
| 6385 | |
| 6386 | elf_swap_symbol_out (finfo->output_bfd, &sym, |
| 6387 | ((Elf_External_Sym *) finfo->dynsym_sec->contents |
| 6388 | + h->dynindx)); |
| 6389 | |
| 6390 | bucketcount = elf_hash_table (finfo->info)->bucketcount; |
| 6391 | bucket = (bfd_elf_hash ((const unsigned char *) h->root.root.string) |
| 6392 | % bucketcount); |
| 6393 | bucketpos = ((bfd_byte *) finfo->hash_sec->contents |
| 6394 | + (bucket + 2) * (ARCH_SIZE / 8)); |
| 6395 | chain = get_word (finfo->output_bfd, bucketpos); |
| 6396 | put_word (finfo->output_bfd, h->dynindx, bucketpos); |
| 6397 | put_word (finfo->output_bfd, chain, |
| 6398 | ((bfd_byte *) finfo->hash_sec->contents |
| 6399 | + (bucketcount + 2 + h->dynindx) * (ARCH_SIZE / 8))); |
| 6400 | } |
| 6401 | |
| 6402 | /* If we're stripping it, then it was just a dynamic symbol, and |
| 6403 | there's nothing else to do. */ |
| 6404 | if (strip) |
| 6405 | return true; |
| 6406 | |
| 6407 | h->indx = finfo->output_bfd->symcount; |
| 6408 | |
| 6409 | if (! elf_link_output_sym (finfo, h->root.root.string, &sym, input_sec)) |
| 6410 | { |
| 6411 | eif->failed = true; |
| 6412 | return false; |
| 6413 | } |
| 6414 | |
| 6415 | return true; |
| 6416 | } |
| 6417 | |
| 6418 | /* Link an input file into the linker output file. This function |
| 6419 | handles all the sections and relocations of the input file at once. |
| 6420 | This is so that we only have to read the local symbols once, and |
| 6421 | don't have to keep them in memory. */ |
| 6422 | |
| 6423 | static boolean |
| 6424 | elf_link_input_bfd (finfo, input_bfd) |
| 6425 | struct elf_final_link_info *finfo; |
| 6426 | bfd *input_bfd; |
| 6427 | { |
| 6428 | boolean (*relocate_section) PARAMS ((bfd *, struct bfd_link_info *, |
| 6429 | bfd *, asection *, bfd_byte *, |
| 6430 | Elf_Internal_Rela *, |
| 6431 | Elf_Internal_Sym *, asection **)); |
| 6432 | bfd *output_bfd; |
| 6433 | Elf_Internal_Shdr *symtab_hdr; |
| 6434 | size_t locsymcount; |
| 6435 | size_t extsymoff; |
| 6436 | Elf_External_Sym *esym; |
| 6437 | Elf_External_Sym *esymend; |
| 6438 | Elf_Internal_Sym *isym; |
| 6439 | long *pindex; |
| 6440 | asection **ppsection; |
| 6441 | asection *o; |
| 6442 | |
| 6443 | output_bfd = finfo->output_bfd; |
| 6444 | relocate_section = |
| 6445 | get_elf_backend_data (output_bfd)->elf_backend_relocate_section; |
| 6446 | |
| 6447 | /* If this is a dynamic object, we don't want to do anything here: |
| 6448 | we don't want the local symbols, and we don't want the section |
| 6449 | contents. */ |
| 6450 | if (elf_elfheader (input_bfd)->e_type == ET_DYN) |
| 6451 | return true; |
| 6452 | |
| 6453 | symtab_hdr = &elf_tdata (input_bfd)->symtab_hdr; |
| 6454 | if (elf_bad_symtab (input_bfd)) |
| 6455 | { |
| 6456 | locsymcount = symtab_hdr->sh_size / sizeof (Elf_External_Sym); |
| 6457 | extsymoff = 0; |
| 6458 | } |
| 6459 | else |
| 6460 | { |
| 6461 | locsymcount = symtab_hdr->sh_info; |
| 6462 | extsymoff = symtab_hdr->sh_info; |
| 6463 | } |
| 6464 | |
| 6465 | /* Read the local symbols. */ |
| 6466 | if (locsymcount > 0 |
| 6467 | && (bfd_seek (input_bfd, symtab_hdr->sh_offset, SEEK_SET) != 0 |
| 6468 | || (bfd_read (finfo->external_syms, sizeof (Elf_External_Sym), |
| 6469 | locsymcount, input_bfd) |
| 6470 | != locsymcount * sizeof (Elf_External_Sym)))) |
| 6471 | return false; |
| 6472 | |
| 6473 | /* Swap in the local symbols and write out the ones which we know |
| 6474 | are going into the output file. */ |
| 6475 | esym = finfo->external_syms; |
| 6476 | esymend = esym + locsymcount; |
| 6477 | isym = finfo->internal_syms; |
| 6478 | pindex = finfo->indices; |
| 6479 | ppsection = finfo->sections; |
| 6480 | for (; esym < esymend; esym++, isym++, pindex++, ppsection++) |
| 6481 | { |
| 6482 | asection *isec; |
| 6483 | const char *name; |
| 6484 | Elf_Internal_Sym osym; |
| 6485 | |
| 6486 | elf_swap_symbol_in (input_bfd, esym, isym); |
| 6487 | *pindex = -1; |
| 6488 | |
| 6489 | if (elf_bad_symtab (input_bfd)) |
| 6490 | { |
| 6491 | if (ELF_ST_BIND (isym->st_info) != STB_LOCAL) |
| 6492 | { |
| 6493 | *ppsection = NULL; |
| 6494 | continue; |
| 6495 | } |
| 6496 | } |
| 6497 | |
| 6498 | if (isym->st_shndx == SHN_UNDEF) |
| 6499 | isec = bfd_und_section_ptr; |
| 6500 | else if (isym->st_shndx > 0 && isym->st_shndx < SHN_LORESERVE) |
| 6501 | isec = section_from_elf_index (input_bfd, isym->st_shndx); |
| 6502 | else if (isym->st_shndx == SHN_ABS) |
| 6503 | isec = bfd_abs_section_ptr; |
| 6504 | else if (isym->st_shndx == SHN_COMMON) |
| 6505 | isec = bfd_com_section_ptr; |
| 6506 | else |
| 6507 | { |
| 6508 | /* Who knows? */ |
| 6509 | isec = NULL; |
| 6510 | } |
| 6511 | |
| 6512 | *ppsection = isec; |
| 6513 | |
| 6514 | /* Don't output the first, undefined, symbol. */ |
| 6515 | if (esym == finfo->external_syms) |
| 6516 | continue; |
| 6517 | |
| 6518 | /* If we are stripping all symbols, we don't want to output this |
| 6519 | one. */ |
| 6520 | if (finfo->info->strip == strip_all) |
| 6521 | continue; |
| 6522 | |
| 6523 | /* We never output section symbols. Instead, we use the section |
| 6524 | symbol of the corresponding section in the output file. */ |
| 6525 | if (ELF_ST_TYPE (isym->st_info) == STT_SECTION) |
| 6526 | continue; |
| 6527 | |
| 6528 | /* If we are discarding all local symbols, we don't want to |
| 6529 | output this one. If we are generating a relocateable output |
| 6530 | file, then some of the local symbols may be required by |
| 6531 | relocs; we output them below as we discover that they are |
| 6532 | needed. */ |
| 6533 | if (finfo->info->discard == discard_all) |
| 6534 | continue; |
| 6535 | |
| 6536 | /* Get the name of the symbol. */ |
| 6537 | name = elf_string_from_elf_section (input_bfd, symtab_hdr->sh_link, |
| 6538 | isym->st_name); |
| 6539 | if (name == NULL) |
| 6540 | return false; |
| 6541 | |
| 6542 | /* See if we are discarding symbols with this name. */ |
| 6543 | if ((finfo->info->strip == strip_some |
| 6544 | && (bfd_hash_lookup (finfo->info->keep_hash, name, false, false) |
| 6545 | == NULL)) |
| 6546 | || (finfo->info->discard == discard_l |
| 6547 | && strncmp (name, finfo->info->lprefix, |
| 6548 | finfo->info->lprefix_len) == 0)) |
| 6549 | continue; |
| 6550 | |
| 6551 | /* If we get here, we are going to output this symbol. */ |
| 6552 | |
| 6553 | osym = *isym; |
| 6554 | |
| 6555 | /* Adjust the section index for the output file. */ |
| 6556 | osym.st_shndx = elf_section_from_bfd_section (output_bfd, |
| 6557 | isec->output_section); |
| 6558 | if (osym.st_shndx == (unsigned short) -1) |
| 6559 | return false; |
| 6560 | |
| 6561 | *pindex = output_bfd->symcount; |
| 6562 | |
| 6563 | /* ELF symbols in relocateable files are section relative, but |
| 6564 | in executable files they are virtual addresses. Note that |
| 6565 | this code assumes that all ELF sections have an associated |
| 6566 | BFD section with a reasonable value for output_offset; below |
| 6567 | we assume that they also have a reasonable value for |
| 6568 | output_section. Any special sections must be set up to meet |
| 6569 | these requirements. */ |
| 6570 | osym.st_value += isec->output_offset; |
| 6571 | if (! finfo->info->relocateable) |
| 6572 | osym.st_value += isec->output_section->vma; |
| 6573 | |
| 6574 | if (! elf_link_output_sym (finfo, name, &osym, isec)) |
| 6575 | return false; |
| 6576 | } |
| 6577 | |
| 6578 | /* Relocate the contents of each section. */ |
| 6579 | for (o = input_bfd->sections; o != NULL; o = o->next) |
| 6580 | { |
| 6581 | if ((o->flags & SEC_HAS_CONTENTS) == 0) |
| 6582 | continue; |
| 6583 | |
| 6584 | if ((o->flags & SEC_IN_MEMORY) != 0 |
| 6585 | && input_bfd == elf_hash_table (finfo->info)->dynobj) |
| 6586 | { |
| 6587 | /* Section was created by elf_link_create_dynamic_sections. |
| 6588 | FIXME: This test is fragile. */ |
| 6589 | continue; |
| 6590 | } |
| 6591 | |
| 6592 | /* Read the contents of the section. */ |
| 6593 | if (! bfd_get_section_contents (input_bfd, o, finfo->contents, |
| 6594 | (file_ptr) 0, o->_raw_size)) |
| 6595 | return false; |
| 6596 | |
| 6597 | if ((o->flags & SEC_RELOC) != 0) |
| 6598 | { |
| 6599 | Elf_Internal_Rela *internal_relocs; |
| 6600 | |
| 6601 | /* Get the swapped relocs. */ |
| 6602 | internal_relocs = elf_link_read_relocs (input_bfd, o, |
| 6603 | finfo->external_relocs, |
| 6604 | finfo->internal_relocs, |
| 6605 | false); |
| 6606 | if (internal_relocs == NULL |
| 6607 | && o->reloc_count > 0) |
| 6608 | return false; |
| 6609 | |
| 6610 | /* Relocate the section by invoking a back end routine. |
| 6611 | |
| 6612 | The back end routine is responsible for adjusting the |
| 6613 | section contents as necessary, and (if using Rela relocs |
| 6614 | and generating a relocateable output file) adjusting the |
| 6615 | reloc addend as necessary. |
| 6616 | |
| 6617 | The back end routine does not have to worry about setting |
| 6618 | the reloc address or the reloc symbol index. |
| 6619 | |
| 6620 | The back end routine is given a pointer to the swapped in |
| 6621 | internal symbols, and can access the hash table entries |
| 6622 | for the external symbols via elf_sym_hashes (input_bfd). |
| 6623 | |
| 6624 | When generating relocateable output, the back end routine |
| 6625 | must handle STB_LOCAL/STT_SECTION symbols specially. The |
| 6626 | output symbol is going to be a section symbol |
| 6627 | corresponding to the output section, which will require |
| 6628 | the addend to be adjusted. */ |
| 6629 | |
| 6630 | if (! (*relocate_section) (output_bfd, finfo->info, |
| 6631 | input_bfd, o, |
| 6632 | finfo->contents, |
| 6633 | internal_relocs, |
| 6634 | finfo->internal_syms, |
| 6635 | finfo->sections)) |
| 6636 | return false; |
| 6637 | |
| 6638 | if (finfo->info->relocateable) |
| 6639 | { |
| 6640 | Elf_Internal_Rela *irela; |
| 6641 | Elf_Internal_Rela *irelaend; |
| 6642 | struct elf_link_hash_entry **rel_hash; |
| 6643 | Elf_Internal_Shdr *input_rel_hdr; |
| 6644 | Elf_Internal_Shdr *output_rel_hdr; |
| 6645 | |
| 6646 | /* Adjust the reloc addresses and symbol indices. */ |
| 6647 | |
| 6648 | irela = internal_relocs; |
| 6649 | irelaend = irela + o->reloc_count; |
| 6650 | rel_hash = (elf_section_data (o->output_section)->rel_hashes |
| 6651 | + o->output_section->reloc_count); |
| 6652 | for (; irela < irelaend; irela++, rel_hash++) |
| 6653 | { |
| 6654 | long r_symndx; |
| 6655 | Elf_Internal_Sym *isym; |
| 6656 | asection *sec; |
| 6657 | |
| 6658 | irela->r_offset += o->output_offset; |
| 6659 | |
| 6660 | r_symndx = ELF_R_SYM (irela->r_info); |
| 6661 | |
| 6662 | if (r_symndx == 0) |
| 6663 | continue; |
| 6664 | |
| 6665 | if (r_symndx >= locsymcount |
| 6666 | || (elf_bad_symtab (input_bfd) |
| 6667 | && finfo->sections[r_symndx] == NULL)) |
| 6668 | { |
| 6669 | long indx; |
| 6670 | |
| 6671 | /* This is a reloc against a global symbol. We |
| 6672 | have not yet output all the local symbols, so |
| 6673 | we do not know the symbol index of any global |
| 6674 | symbol. We set the rel_hash entry for this |
| 6675 | reloc to point to the global hash table entry |
| 6676 | for this symbol. The symbol index is then |
| 6677 | set at the end of elf_bfd_final_link. */ |
| 6678 | indx = r_symndx - extsymoff; |
| 6679 | *rel_hash = elf_sym_hashes (input_bfd)[indx]; |
| 6680 | |
| 6681 | /* Setting the index to -2 tells |
| 6682 | elf_link_output_extsym that this symbol is |
| 6683 | used by a reloc. */ |
| 6684 | BFD_ASSERT ((*rel_hash)->indx < 0); |
| 6685 | (*rel_hash)->indx = -2; |
| 6686 | |
| 6687 | continue; |
| 6688 | } |
| 6689 | |
| 6690 | /* This is a reloc against a local symbol. */ |
| 6691 | |
| 6692 | *rel_hash = NULL; |
| 6693 | isym = finfo->internal_syms + r_symndx; |
| 6694 | sec = finfo->sections[r_symndx]; |
| 6695 | if (ELF_ST_TYPE (isym->st_info) == STT_SECTION) |
| 6696 | { |
| 6697 | /* I suppose the backend ought to fill in the |
| 6698 | section of any STT_SECTION symbol against a |
| 6699 | processor specific section. */ |
| 6700 | if (sec != NULL && bfd_is_abs_section (sec)) |
| 6701 | r_symndx = 0; |
| 6702 | else if (sec == NULL || sec->owner == NULL) |
| 6703 | { |
| 6704 | bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value); |
| 6705 | return false; |
| 6706 | } |
| 6707 | else |
| 6708 | { |
| 6709 | r_symndx = sec->output_section->target_index; |
| 6710 | BFD_ASSERT (r_symndx != 0); |
| 6711 | } |
| 6712 | } |
| 6713 | else |
| 6714 | { |
| 6715 | if (finfo->indices[r_symndx] == -1) |
| 6716 | { |
| 6717 | unsigned long link; |
| 6718 | const char *name; |
| 6719 | asection *osec; |
| 6720 | |
| 6721 | if (finfo->info->strip == strip_all) |
| 6722 | { |
| 6723 | /* You can't do ld -r -s. */ |
| 6724 | bfd_set_error (bfd_error_invalid_operation); |
| 6725 | return false; |
| 6726 | } |
| 6727 | |
| 6728 | /* This symbol was skipped earlier, but |
| 6729 | since it is needed by a reloc, we |
| 6730 | must output it now. */ |
| 6731 | link = symtab_hdr->sh_link; |
| 6732 | name = elf_string_from_elf_section (input_bfd, |
| 6733 | link, |
| 6734 | isym->st_name); |
| 6735 | if (name == NULL) |
| 6736 | return false; |
| 6737 | |
| 6738 | osec = sec->output_section; |
| 6739 | isym->st_shndx = |
| 6740 | elf_section_from_bfd_section (output_bfd, |
| 6741 | osec); |
| 6742 | if (isym->st_shndx == (unsigned short) -1) |
| 6743 | return false; |
| 6744 | |
| 6745 | isym->st_value += sec->output_offset; |
| 6746 | if (! finfo->info->relocateable) |
| 6747 | isym->st_value += osec->vma; |
| 6748 | |
| 6749 | finfo->indices[r_symndx] = output_bfd->symcount; |
| 6750 | |
| 6751 | if (! elf_link_output_sym (finfo, name, isym, sec)) |
| 6752 | return false; |
| 6753 | } |
| 6754 | |
| 6755 | r_symndx = finfo->indices[r_symndx]; |
| 6756 | } |
| 6757 | |
| 6758 | irela->r_info = ELF_R_INFO (r_symndx, |
| 6759 | ELF_R_TYPE (irela->r_info)); |
| 6760 | } |
| 6761 | |
| 6762 | /* Swap out the relocs. */ |
| 6763 | input_rel_hdr = &elf_section_data (o)->rel_hdr; |
| 6764 | output_rel_hdr = &elf_section_data (o->output_section)->rel_hdr; |
| 6765 | BFD_ASSERT (output_rel_hdr->sh_entsize |
| 6766 | == input_rel_hdr->sh_entsize); |
| 6767 | irela = internal_relocs; |
| 6768 | irelaend = irela + o->reloc_count; |
| 6769 | if (input_rel_hdr->sh_entsize == sizeof (Elf_External_Rel)) |
| 6770 | { |
| 6771 | Elf_External_Rel *erel; |
| 6772 | |
| 6773 | erel = ((Elf_External_Rel *) output_rel_hdr->contents |
| 6774 | + o->output_section->reloc_count); |
| 6775 | for (; irela < irelaend; irela++, erel++) |
| 6776 | { |
| 6777 | Elf_Internal_Rel irel; |
| 6778 | |
| 6779 | irel.r_offset = irela->r_offset; |
| 6780 | irel.r_info = irela->r_info; |
| 6781 | BFD_ASSERT (irela->r_addend == 0); |
| 6782 | elf_swap_reloc_out (output_bfd, &irel, erel); |
| 6783 | } |
| 6784 | } |
| 6785 | else |
| 6786 | { |
| 6787 | Elf_External_Rela *erela; |
| 6788 | |
| 6789 | BFD_ASSERT (input_rel_hdr->sh_entsize |
| 6790 | == sizeof (Elf_External_Rela)); |
| 6791 | erela = ((Elf_External_Rela *) output_rel_hdr->contents |
| 6792 | + o->output_section->reloc_count); |
| 6793 | for (; irela < irelaend; irela++, erela++) |
| 6794 | elf_swap_reloca_out (output_bfd, irela, erela); |
| 6795 | } |
| 6796 | |
| 6797 | o->output_section->reloc_count += o->reloc_count; |
| 6798 | } |
| 6799 | } |
| 6800 | |
| 6801 | /* Write out the modified section contents. */ |
| 6802 | if (! bfd_set_section_contents (output_bfd, o->output_section, |
| 6803 | finfo->contents, o->output_offset, |
| 6804 | (o->_cooked_size != 0 |
| 6805 | ? o->_cooked_size |
| 6806 | : o->_raw_size))) |
| 6807 | return false; |
| 6808 | } |
| 6809 | |
| 6810 | return true; |
| 6811 | } |
| 6812 | |
| 6813 | /* Generate a reloc when linking an ELF file. This is a reloc |
| 6814 | requested by the linker, and does come from any input file. This |
| 6815 | is used to build constructor and destructor tables when linking |
| 6816 | with -Ur. */ |
| 6817 | |
| 6818 | static boolean |
| 6819 | elf_reloc_link_order (output_bfd, info, output_section, link_order) |
| 6820 | bfd *output_bfd; |
| 6821 | struct bfd_link_info *info; |
| 6822 | asection *output_section; |
| 6823 | struct bfd_link_order *link_order; |
| 6824 | { |
| 6825 | reloc_howto_type *howto; |
| 6826 | long indx; |
| 6827 | bfd_vma offset; |
| 6828 | struct elf_link_hash_entry **rel_hash_ptr; |
| 6829 | Elf_Internal_Shdr *rel_hdr; |
| 6830 | |
| 6831 | howto = bfd_reloc_type_lookup (output_bfd, link_order->u.reloc.p->reloc); |
| 6832 | if (howto == NULL) |
| 6833 | { |
| 6834 | bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value); |
| 6835 | return false; |
| 6836 | } |
| 6837 | |
| 6838 | /* If this is an inplace reloc, we must write the addend into the |
| 6839 | object file. */ |
| 6840 | if (howto->partial_inplace |
| 6841 | && link_order->u.reloc.p->addend != 0) |
| 6842 | { |
| 6843 | bfd_size_type size; |
| 6844 | bfd_reloc_status_type rstat; |
| 6845 | bfd_byte *buf; |
| 6846 | boolean ok; |
| 6847 | |
| 6848 | size = bfd_get_reloc_size (howto); |
| 6849 | buf = (bfd_byte *) bfd_zmalloc (size); |
| 6850 | if (buf == (bfd_byte *) NULL) |
| 6851 | { |
| 6852 | bfd_set_error (bfd_error_no_memory); |
| 6853 | return false; |
| 6854 | } |
| 6855 | rstat = _bfd_relocate_contents (howto, output_bfd, |
| 6856 | link_order->u.reloc.p->addend, buf); |
| 6857 | switch (rstat) |
| 6858 | { |
| 6859 | case bfd_reloc_ok: |
| 6860 | break; |
| 6861 | default: |
| 6862 | case bfd_reloc_outofrange: |
| 6863 | abort (); |
| 6864 | case bfd_reloc_overflow: |
| 6865 | if (! ((*info->callbacks->reloc_overflow) |
| 6866 | (info, |
| 6867 | (link_order->type == bfd_section_reloc_link_order |
| 6868 | ? bfd_section_name (output_bfd, |
| 6869 | link_order->u.reloc.p->u.section) |
| 6870 | : link_order->u.reloc.p->u.name), |
| 6871 | howto->name, link_order->u.reloc.p->addend, |
| 6872 | (bfd *) NULL, (asection *) NULL, (bfd_vma) 0))) |
| 6873 | { |
| 6874 | free (buf); |
| 6875 | return false; |
| 6876 | } |
| 6877 | break; |
| 6878 | } |
| 6879 | ok = bfd_set_section_contents (output_bfd, output_section, (PTR) buf, |
| 6880 | (file_ptr) link_order->offset, size); |
| 6881 | free (buf); |
| 6882 | if (! ok) |
| 6883 | return false; |
| 6884 | } |
| 6885 | |
| 6886 | /* Figure out the symbol index. */ |
| 6887 | rel_hash_ptr = (elf_section_data (output_section)->rel_hashes |
| 6888 | + output_section->reloc_count); |
| 6889 | if (link_order->type == bfd_section_reloc_link_order) |
| 6890 | { |
| 6891 | indx = link_order->u.reloc.p->u.section->target_index; |
| 6892 | BFD_ASSERT (indx != 0); |
| 6893 | *rel_hash_ptr = NULL; |
| 6894 | } |
| 6895 | else |
| 6896 | { |
| 6897 | struct elf_link_hash_entry *h; |
| 6898 | |
| 6899 | h = elf_link_hash_lookup (elf_hash_table (info), |
| 6900 | link_order->u.reloc.p->u.name, |
| 6901 | false, false, true); |
| 6902 | if (h != NULL) |
| 6903 | { |
| 6904 | /* Setting the index to -2 tells elf_link_output_extsym that |
| 6905 | this symbol is used by a reloc. */ |
| 6906 | h->indx = -2; |
| 6907 | *rel_hash_ptr = h; |
| 6908 | indx = 0; |
| 6909 | } |
| 6910 | else |
| 6911 | { |
| 6912 | if (! ((*info->callbacks->unattached_reloc) |
| 6913 | (info, link_order->u.reloc.p->u.name, (bfd *) NULL, |
| 6914 | (asection *) NULL, (bfd_vma) 0))) |
| 6915 | return false; |
| 6916 | indx = 0; |
| 6917 | } |
| 6918 | } |
| 6919 | |
| 6920 | /* The address of a reloc is relative to the section in a |
| 6921 | relocateable file, and is a virtual address in an executable |
| 6922 | file. */ |
| 6923 | offset = link_order->offset; |
| 6924 | if (! info->relocateable) |
| 6925 | offset += output_section->vma; |
| 6926 | |
| 6927 | rel_hdr = &elf_section_data (output_section)->rel_hdr; |
| 6928 | |
| 6929 | if (rel_hdr->sh_type == SHT_REL) |
| 6930 | { |
| 6931 | Elf_Internal_Rel irel; |
| 6932 | Elf_External_Rel *erel; |
| 6933 | |
| 6934 | irel.r_offset = offset; |
| 6935 | irel.r_info = ELF_R_INFO (indx, howto->type); |
| 6936 | erel = ((Elf_External_Rel *) rel_hdr->contents |
| 6937 | + output_section->reloc_count); |
| 6938 | elf_swap_reloc_out (output_bfd, &irel, erel); |
| 6939 | } |
| 6940 | else |
| 6941 | { |
| 6942 | Elf_Internal_Rela irela; |
| 6943 | Elf_External_Rela *erela; |
| 6944 | |
| 6945 | irela.r_offset = offset; |
| 6946 | irela.r_info = ELF_R_INFO (indx, howto->type); |
| 6947 | irela.r_addend = link_order->u.reloc.p->addend; |
| 6948 | erela = ((Elf_External_Rela *) rel_hdr->contents |
| 6949 | + output_section->reloc_count); |
| 6950 | elf_swap_reloca_out (output_bfd, &irela, erela); |
| 6951 | } |
| 6952 | |
| 6953 | ++output_section->reloc_count; |
| 6954 | |
| 6955 | return true; |
| 6956 | } |